{"response":{"docs":[{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_1610","title":"Court filings concerning school districts desegregation plans and status, North Little Rock School District third quarter status report","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["United States. District Court (Arkansas: Eastern District)"],"dc_date":["1995-08-23/1995-08-31"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","School districts--Arkansas--North Little Rock","Little Rock School District","Arkansas. Department of Education","Education--Arkansas","Education--Finance","Education--Evaluation","Educational law and legislation","Educational planning","Court records","School management and organization","School integration","School enrollment"],"dcterms_title":["Court filings concerning school districts desegregation plans and status, North Little Rock School District third quarter status report"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/1610"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["legal documents"],"dcterms_extent":["56 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_1606","title":"Court filings concerning school districts integration status, district planning, and court motions concerning approval","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["United States. District Court (Arkansas: Eastern District)"],"dc_date":["1995-08-21/1995-08-25"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","School districts--Arkansas--North Little Rock","Little Rock School District","School districts--Arkansas--Pulaski County","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Educational law and legislation","Educational planning","School management and organization","School integration","School districts","Court records"],"dcterms_title":["Court filings concerning school districts integration status, district planning, and court motions concerning approval"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/1606"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["legal documents"],"dcterms_extent":["55 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_758","title":"''Little Rock School District 1994-95 Fourth Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume I, exhibit 1","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-08-17"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Educational statistics","Educational planning"],"dcterms_title":["''Little Rock School District 1994-95 Fourth Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume I, exhibit 1"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/758"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["documents (object genre)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nVOLUME I LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT 1994-95 FOURTH QUARTER STATUS REPORT PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT August 17, 1995 EXHIBm TABLE OF CONTENTS SEQUENCE # PAGE# SEQUENCE # PAGE# Preface 1 SCHOOL OPERATIONS CLUSTER (BUFF) 09A,l - 18,2 Mission 4 Goals 5 District Financial Summary 6 Definitions 8 Organization of the Report 10 Cluster Budget Documents 12 09A 09B 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 School Operations (Principals) School Operations (Central Off. Adm.) Extracurricular Participation Student Hearing Officer In-School Suspension New Futures Academic Incentive Grants/Focused Activities McClellan Community School Unassigned Testing Assistance - Disadvantaged Job Fair 09A, 1-162 09B,l-87 10,1-37 11,1-4 12,1-122 13,1-5 14,1-6 15,1-89 17,1-5 18,1-2 CURRICULUM CLUSTER (PINK) 01,1 -08,28 SCHOOL SUPPORT CLUSTER (BLUE) 20,1 - 36,9 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 HIPPY 4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Academic Support Program (PAL) Multicultural Curriculum Special Education Gifted Education Federal Programs Vocational Education 01,1-7 02,1-9 03,1-12 04,1-29 05,1-58 06,1-9 07,1-7 08,1-28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Unassigned Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Staff Development Library/Media Computerized Transportation Data Processing Unassigned Minority Teacher Recruitment Educational Equity Monitoring Commitment to Desegregation/Leadership Summer School (Interdistrict) Summer Learning Program - JTPA 20,1-15 21,1-21 22,1-8 23,1-4 24,1-12 26,1-9 27,1-4 28,1-9 29,1-9 30,1-9 1 .z SEQUENCE # PAGE# SEQUENCE # PAGE# 31 32 33 34 35 36 Unassigned Unassigned Facilities Guidance/Counseling Program Leadership Employment Practices Unassigned 33,1-5 34,1-11 35,1-3 RECRUITMENT CLUSTER (PURPLE) 37,1 - 39,10 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 37 38 39 40 Parent Involvement - Recruitment VIPS - Recruitment Public Relations Unassigned 37,1-26 38,1-22 39,1-11 INCENTIVE SCHQQLS CLUSTER (YELLQW) 41,1 - 72,11 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 Qffice of Incentive Schools Writing to Read Science Labs Unassigned Foreign Language Program Unassigned Extended Day/Week Field Trips Unassigned Tranportation Unassigned Unassigned Instructional Aides Extended Year Recognition Program 41,1-10 42,1-3 43,1-3 45,1-5 47,1-11 48,1-5 50,1-2 53,1-4 54,1-4 55,1-4 ii Camp Pfeifer Monitoring Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Staffing Required Staff Development Teacher Stipends/Inservice Qther Incentive Schools Academic Programs  Peer Tutors/Retired Teacher Mentors  Themes  Kindergarten - Reading Across the Curriculum  Qral Expression Across Curriculum  Learning Styles Inventory  Semi-Departmental  Instructional Tech ~ Study/Test-Taking  Parent Home Study  Computer Managed Instruction  Student Education Plans  Specialized Programs  Incentive Programs  Homework  Criterion-Referenced Test ~ Heterogeneous Grouping  Effective Schools  African/American History 56,1-3 57,1-12 61,1-12 62,1-24 63,1-3 64,1-29SEQUENCE # PAGE# SEQUENCE # PAGE# 65 Social Skills  Family Folklore ~ Positive Imaging  Interpersonal Skills - Rites of Passage  Mentoring Program 65,1-7 71 Counseling/Social Work I Community Services Access - College/Post Graduate Awareness  Study Skills  Home/Neighborhood Meet - Wellness Program 71,1-19 66 Special Activities ~ Peer Tutoring Program  Academic Reinforcement Clubs  Special Interest Clubs 66,1-7 72 13 1^ School Policies and Procedures - Other Unassigned Unassigned 72,1-11 fn 69 Latin Enrichment Program Unassigned Career Skills Development 67,1-8 69,1-3 70 Incentive Schools Operations - Support Services 70,1-6  Community Access/Field Trip ~ Community Involvement - Special Skills Program  Special Training - Parental Involvement  Learning Time Schedule - Home/School Community  Extracurricular Program  Attendance and Behavior - Subject Related Extracurriculum iii STUDENT CHQICES/QPTIQNS CLUSTER (GREEN) 75,1 - 82,3 15 16 11 16 79 80 81 82 Student Choices/Options King Interdistrict School Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Original Magnets Unassigned M-to-M Magnet Schools (Central, Dunbar, Washington, Henderson, McClellan) QRGANIZATIQNAL CHART 75,1-2 leS-l 80,1-10 82,1-3 Wlo -PREFACE The mission statement and goals for Little Rock School District are the guides for all decision-making. The information gained from the Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs provides additional direction for quality, interim and/or summative decision-making for the district. Specifically, programs with poor performance or expenditure problems will have been addressed with corrective action continuously during .the year rather than after the year is completed. The report enhances the district s ability to monitor and report achievements and expenditures relative to the programs identified in the Desegregation Plan for the most efficient and functional program planning on a quarterly basis. Several reporting practices should be noted as follows: First, the fourth quarters report requires an additional volume for desegregation program reporting so that the growth and accumulation of the many achievements reported by schools and programs during the fiscal year of 1994-95 are accommodated. Consequently, the fourth quarters report for desegregation programs consists of Volume I (Seq #s 1-18) and Volume 11 (Seq#s 19-82). Principals and Central Office Administrators have reported achievements in the fourth quarters report. 09A is the designated sequence number for reporting by Principals, and 09B is the sequence number relative to Central Office Administrators reporting. The first desegregation audit was completed during the fourth quarter of the 1993-94 fiscal year. These additional desegregation obligations continue to be reflected in the program budget documents of the fourth quarter report for fiscal year 1994-95. These additional obligations come from the desegregation audit which includes Court orders, ODM monitoring reports ordered by the Court, and Court Hearing transcripts. (Underlined print denotes this additional desegregation obligations language.) A continued refinement and adjustment period throughout the fiscal year 1994-95 will be necessary for language clarification and reference documentation of the additional desegregation obligations. This years audit is for the period from October of 1993 through October of 1994. All court orders, hearing transcripts, monitoring reports and stipulations were reviewed for that period. The document reference appears in the first column of the PBD with an  after it. A portion of these obligations were inserted in the Second Quarter PBD, and remaining obligations have been inserted in the Third Quarter PBD. 1 Propram Budget Document (PBD) Rermement Procedure: When the PBD was first compiled, many non-obligation items were mcluded^ i held at that time about what was and was not an obligation. At the time, we were uncertain about the praise definition Extensive discussions were held at that time about what was and was not an obligation. At the time, we were uncertain about the precise uetm on of an obligation. We knew then that some \"cleanup\" would be necessary. Working with the document this past year has helped. The distinction between obligations and observations or procedures is clearer. This copy of the document reflects an effort to refine the document. We began the refinement process in November. Program mangers were their sections of the PBD and mark items they believed were not appropriate for the document. Two types were identified. y time obligations and 2) items that were not obligations but normal procedure within the program area ot simply  _ - - - Tk__________ Iniart^r l*KI\u0026gt; Willi 9 asked to review were: 1) completed, one observations. Their responses were gallUlld Bitu iitiiio umi TTWAv aivF* - --------- c  - nork .!, returned to the LRSD Office of Desegregation. Responses were reflected in the Second Quarter PBD with a boldly stamped word or words beside them. An explanation of the stamped words appear in the table below: STAMP COMPLETED JOB DESCRIPTION NOT OBLIGATION PROCEDURAL TOOL EXPLANATION This item is a one time obligation that has been completed _____________________________________ This item will be moved to the program managers* job description as a routine function of that position This item is not an obligation___________________________________________________________________ This item is or will be included in departmental procedure as a routine function of that department This item will be or already is reflected in the LRSD Management Tool The stamped items noted in the Second Quarter PBD were dropped from the Third Quarter PBD. A paper trail has been established for each item dropped. None of the ongoing obligations will be dropped. This procedure applies only to the PBD. It does not effect the LRSD Desegregation Plan or Uw!standing obligations of the District. Likewise, the stamped items indicated in the Third Quarter PBD have been dropped from the Fourth Quarter PBD. Where handwritten numbers appeared in the PBD, they were references to the 2nd Quarter PBD (2-24-95) pages where similar items may be found. These items have been deleted from this publication of the PBD. 2exhaustive search for legal references for the Safety and Security (sequence number 25) section of the desegregation volume of the PBD, .......  ____I____C non CnFAfir anH After an exhaustive search for legal references for the Safety and Security (sequence numoer seciion oi me it was determined that this particular program would be more appropriately placed in the non-desegregation volume of the PBD^ The Safety and Security (sequence number 25) section has been moved to the non-desegregation PBD volume and reported with Safety and Security Services (sequence number 225) in this publication of the PBD. Some obligations or strategies have been deleted from the following programs: Four Year Old, Multicultural Curriculum, doine uuiiuauuiu ui iiaicgic9 imv wwu .........................e IB--------------- Library/Media, Educational Equity Monitoring, Commitment to Desegregation Leadership, VIPS Recruiting, Public Relations, Office of Incentive Schools, Incentive Schools Staffing, Office of Incentive School Academic Activities, Counseling and Social Work, School Policy Student Choices \u0026amp; Options, Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment, School Operations 9A, Tri-District Summer and Procedures, Student Choices \u0026amp; Options, Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment, scnooi uperauui :r, School, Facilities, Parent Involvement, Original Magnets, HIPPY and M-to-M Magnets. Programs that have been removed bwause ^1 their objectives and strategies were dropped from the PBD include: Bidding Practices, Rockefeller Early Childhood, Romine Interdistrict School, Computer Loan Program, Computer Lab Program, King Interdistrict School and Contingencies. Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs contains the following: (1) The Mission Statement of Little Rock School District\n(2) The Goals of Little Rock School District\n0) LRSD Quarterly Desegregation\u0026gt; Ex^^s The IVllbSlUIl OUllCIllCIIl Ul I\\W1V AaFlOUIWI., ~ al /1\\ 'TUak Summary\n(4) Definitions and Data Elements\n(5) Organization of the Report\n(6) Program Budget Documents Grouped by Clusters\nand, (7) t he LRSD Organizational Chart. 3 7LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Little Rock School District is to provide a quality, integrated educational program which encourages all children to achieve their A IlV llllOOiMII Vt UIV .w g--------------- --------- kp  , optimum academic, social, and emotional development. To that end, the students in the Little Rock School District will develop an appreciation for ethmc * ..... ... . . .    _____t....:__________1 J_______zxf tka *e rim'tml1lim and cultural diversity, develop skills in problem solving and conflict resolution, and demonstrate mastery of the District s curriculum. This will be achieved through the collaborative efforts of a Board, a dedicated and competent staff, and of parents and citizens committed to fairness, racial equity and adequate support for education. 4LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT GOALS I 1. The LRSD will implement integrated educational programs that will ensure all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. 2. 3. 4. The LRSD will develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. The Little Rock Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, stoff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. The LRSD will solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. 5. The LRSD will provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. 6. The LRSD will ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. 5Program Coda Program Nam* Little Rock School District Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Page 1 of 2 01 02 05 06 07 08 09 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 32 33 34 35 HIPPY________________________________ 4-YEAR OLD PROGRAM_______________ STUDENT HEARING OFFICER___________ OFFICE OF DESEGREGATION EXTRA-CURRICULAR PARTICIPATION TEACHER RECRUITER STAFF DEVELOPMENT________________ ACADEMIC SUPPORT PROGRAMS MULTICULTURAL PROGRAMS ACADEMIC INC GRANTS/FOCUSED ACT ORIGINAL MAGNETS SPECIAL EDUCATION @ WASHINGTON SECURITY D/P SYSTEM STUDENT INFORMATION M-TO-M MAGNET SCHOOLS ' KING INTERDISTRICT SCHOOL  EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING ' COMPUTERIZED TRANSP SYSTEM ' ROMINE INTERDISTRICT THEME ' McClellan community school ' IN-SCHOOL SUSPENSION ' JOB FAIR____________________________  TESTING ASSISTANCE_______________ ' LIBRARY SERVICES__________________ ~ PARENT RECRUITING________________ ' VIPS RECRUITING____________________ ' PREJUDICE REDUCTION______________ Bridget 326,723.78 1,943,683.64 96,144.76 511,645.41 7,000.00 45,592.16 352,932.12 1,615,303.00 259,837.33 320,000.00 4,501,756.00 56,853.51 761,286.72 712,289.22 374,496.22 1,333,107.64 421,787.43 8,000.00 69,631.59 170,000.00 794,173.67 ______1,092.82 5,066.96 427,230.43 40,000.00 40,680.19 5,000.00 22.0 89.5 2.0 13.0 1.0 6.0 48.0 1.0 38.0 4.0 5.0 68.6 4.0 2.0 24.3 30.0 2.0 YTD Expenee 303,500.24 2,108,061.00 88,184.58 473,908.54 __________0.00 53,554.32 305,297.05 1,491,150.15 187,092.39 199,254.80 4,237,311.17 52,667.28 921,004.64 709,935.19 348,803.48 1,487,992.78 405,659.60 __________0.00 58,915.95 170,000.00 669,072.20 1,132.89 1,395.74 341,666.84 37,703.26 31,216.18 0.00 1at Quarter 61,678.75 292,010.10 22,243.00 108,505.23 ________0.00 13,998.89 71,968.88 209,511.74 45,936.67 11,939.29 ________0.00 10,223.45 117,300.43 606,929.33 49,630.60 210,448.33 179,438.34 ________0.00 52,813.00 45,764.00 107,224.23 452.34 1,395.74 49,509.88 27,755.74 2,418.93 0.00 2nd Quarter 61,286.76 480,415.35 18,663.59 106,196.97 _________0.00 11,393.85 77,801.97 357,000.40 29,434.99 3,638.41 1,393,556.50 10,660.80 241,696.90 29,838.55 63,555.79 309,259.55 137,411.56 0.00 0.00 36,724.01 169,444.44 _______235.29 0.00 80,466.34 2,364.22 6,382.85 0.00 3rd Quarter 75,281.71 607,059.76 27,166.90 140,638.23 ________0.00 15,015.40 85,041.69 579,493.61 62,392.39 65,906.26 1,393,556.50 16,944.47 331,727.49 38,002.49 97,025.16 432,695.81 214,676.62 0.00 _______113.94 87,511.99 181,116.47 _______155.54 0.00 96,747.26 ' 5,151.25 9,843.29 0.00 4th Quartet 105,253.02 728,575.79 20,111.09 118,568.11 ________0.00 13,146.18 70,484.51 345,144.40 49,328.34 117,770.84 1,450,198.17 14,838.56 230,279.82 35,164.82 138,591.93 535,589.09 (125,866.92) 0.00 5,989.01 (0.00) 211,287.06 _______289.72 0.00 114,943.36 2,432.05 12,571.11 0.00 % Budget Spent 92.89% 108.46% 91.72% 92.62% 0.00% 117.46% 86.50% 92.31% 72.00% 62.27% 94.13% 92.64% 120.98% 99.67% 93.14% 111.62% 96.18% 0.00% 84.61% 100.00% 84.25% 103.67% 27.55% 79.97% 94.26% 76.74% 0.00% 6Program ,Cf^\u0026gt; , Program Nema Little Rock School District Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Page 2 of 2 49 51 52 53 54 56 57 59 61 64 65 66 72 73 74 75 CONTINGENCY FUND OFFICE OF INCENTIVE SCHOOLS WRITING TO READ SCIENCE LABS COMPUTER LABS COMPUTER LOAN PROGRAM__________ EXTENDED DAY FIELD TRIPS TRANSPORTATION (ADD'LI INSTRUCTIONAL AIDES EXTENDED YEAR INCENTIVE/RECOGNITION RECOMMENDED STAFFING REQUIRED STAFF DEVELOPMENT TEACHER STIPENDS/INSERVICE OTHER INCENTIVE SCHOOL ACTIVITIES TOTAL. Budget 94-95 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 493,723.62 25,550.00 15,000.00 399,532.68 61,568.93 11,524.35 742,246.94 46,882.67 62,349.90 83,971.87 iT,i43.ee6^s FTSa 42.0 31.0 433.4 VTO Expanse 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 564,222.48 29,183.23 0.00 388,427.63 110,550.11 5,109.52 666,490.95 8,611.74 2,284.52 24,997.81 ie.4S4.3Ba.2e let Quarter 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8,353.68 436.00 0.00 45,398.54 51,617.91 0.00 82,516.30 4,284.01 625.00 1,403.78 2,493,732.11 2tKl Quarter 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 132,757.74 6,995.18 0.00 69,779.34 0.00 2,593.30 141,833.90 3,574.13 772.83 8,432.28 3\u0026gt;994iie7/?9 3rd Quarter 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 133,114.69 7,868.37 0.00 108,697.75 0.00 2,946.81 194,418.17 197.60 627.60 11,471.09 5,022,606.31 4th Quarter 0.00 __________0^ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 289,996.37 13,883.68 0.00 164,552.00 58,932.20 (430.59) 247,722.58 556.00 259.09 3,690.66 4,673,652.05 % Budget Spent 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 114.28% 114.22% 0.00% 97.22% 179.56% 44.34% 89.79% 18.37% 3.66% 29.77% 96\n1S96 7 _-r^ - 1DEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS The following are definitions of terms and data elements used in the Program Budget Documents. Program: A program is an established plan of operation, composed of a group or series of related activities which are carried out to serve a specific area of identified need. Program Description: A program description includes a purpose, scope and content, and participants/beneficiaries related to the respective program. Program Goal: A program goal is a broad guiding statement and should describe the overall aim(s), purpose(s), or ambition(s) of the specific program. Objectives: Program objectives present explicitly the desired impact the program should have on a problem. They should provide detail to the goals. Strategies: Strategies are the jobs, tasks, efforts, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the objective. Achievements: Achievements are efforts, tasks, evidence, performance, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the strategy. Achievements are placed in alpha order underneath the relative strategy. Evaluation Criteria: Evaluation criteria are statements which specify the end product of an objective or strategy and establish measurable and observable levels of performance of the product. Page: Each Program Budget Document uses one of two formatted pages. Program Sequence # (Seq. #): The purpose of this sequence number is to establish a reference for placing programs in order within the planning document. Revision Date: This date is the actual date the program document was first documented or last changed. Program Name: To eliminate confusion, an established name for each program has been assigned by the district planner. Program Code: This is a unique accounting code assigned by Finailcial Services which links budget and expenditure information to the associated program. 8Definitions and Data Elements (cont.) Primary Leader: The Primary Leader is the cabinet-level associate responsible for the management and operation of the respective program. Secondary Leader: The Secondary Leader is the associate who is back-up to the Primary and will function in that capacity in the absence of the Primary (i.e. the Program Manager or the Principal). District Goal Support: Each program directly supports at least one district goal. If more than one district goal is relative, then the appropriate district goals have been listed in descending priority order. Plan Reference: Specific plan and page references will directly cite one of the following desegregation documents\nL(LR) = LRSD Desegregation Plan\nI(ID) = Interdistrict Desegregation Plan\nS = Settlement Agreement\nC(CO)= Court Orders\nT (HT) = Hearing Transcripts\nP(CP) = Court Pleadings\nM(MR) Monitoring Reports. The format should be L23 or 113-20, for example. This element has been left blank if the program is not directly cited in one of the desegregation documents. Plan Reference Page Number: Source references listed for each objective and strategy have been used. If the objective or strategy is desegregation document related, the specific desegregation document and page upon which this objective or strategy has been found should be listed. If the objective or strategy is not related to a desegregation document, then whatever source was used has been listed. This element is contained on page 2 and succeeding pages. Beginning Date\nThis is the actual date a particular strategy began. For consistency, all dates should be printed in the following manner\nMM/DD/YY, (09/30/94). Completion Date. This is the actual date a particular objective or strategy was completed. For consistency, all dates should be entered in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (09/30/94). If an activity toward a strategy has been started but not completed, a percent of completion (for example, 75%) should be entered. Responsibility: This is the name of the individual tasked with ensuring an activity has been accomplished. 9 ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT This section provides guiding information about the text of the Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs. Pagination. Pages in the text are numbered using Arabic numerals. Pages are consecutively numbered at the bottom of the page beginning with the \"Preface.\" The \"Table of Contents\" is on page i, page ii, and page iii. Program areas are numbered according to their sequence number followed by the page number within that program (e.g., 02,5 refers to page 5 of the program with a sequence number of 02). Print. The report employs two kinds of print density. Bold Print denotes original language of the desegregation document(s). Lighter print enclosed in parentheses (parenthetical statements) identifies language that is not literal in the desegregation document(s). The parenthetical statements of lighter print have been integrated throughout the program budget documents for clarification of original language in the desegregation document(s) and/or for providing information generalized from the original language of the desegregation document(s). Parenthetical information should not be construed to mean new legal obligations nor expansion of the obligations under the desegregation document(s). Underlined Print. Underlined Print denotes additional desegregation obligations language which was inserted verbatim in the third quarter report of FY 93-94 as a result of the desegregation audit. Stamped Words. Denotes items identified for \"cleanup.\" See Program Budget Document (PBD) Refinement Procedures above. Clusters. Programs have been sorted into broad categories called clusters. Clusters include programs or schools grouped together because of similar and related operational functions. For convenience and management of the report, similar programs have been grouped into six separating color-coded clusters. To locate a program, determine the relative cluster of the program by using the \"Table of Contents\" and then refer to the program sequence number (Seq #) or page number for facilitating program reference in the report. School Operations Program (09A and 09B). The School Operations program description warrants that both Principals and Central Office Administrators provide quality planning for students. Therefore, the School Operations Program is divided into two sections for reporting achievements by both Principals and Central Office Administrators. The sequence number for reporting by Principals (i.e., schools) is 09A, and the sequence number for reporting by Central Office Administrators is 09B. For the first repotting period, the inclusionary dates cited in the \"Beginning Date\" column and \"Completion Date 10column are 07/01/94 and 06/30/95, respectively. These inclusionaty dates represent the boundaries for the first quarter. The generic dates of 07/01/94 and 06/30/95 are used to uniform and conform reporting in the School Operations program budget documents. Specific date information relative to the achievements of Central Office Administrators follows each documented achievement. Organization of the Report (continued) As a final note, the School Operations Program (09A) classifies the area, interdistrict, and magnet schools into three organizational levels: elementary, junior high, and .senior high. Incentive Schools. The Incentive Schools cluster.provides program reporting information for the following schools: Franklin, Garland, Rockefeller, Mitchell and Rightsell. Non-Monetary Tracking. No entry on page one in the fiscal year program budget field and/or the quarter expenditure field of a Program Budget Document means desegregation money has not been tracked to the respective program. Organizational Chart. An organizational chart is provided. 11CLUSTER BUDGET DOCUMENTS 12Curriculum Cluster *  * HIPPY 4-Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Academic Support Program Multicultural Curriculum Special Education Gifted Programs Federal Programs Vocational Education LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET E\u0026gt;OCUMENT Program Seq f: 01 Page: 1 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: HIPPY (Home instruction Program For Preschool Youngsters) Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: HIPPY is a home based developmental program which recognizes de mother as the fint significant teacher of die child. HIPPY assists the mother in preparing die child to be successful in kindergarten, therefore assisting tn the reduction of the disparity gap between black and white students. HIPPY'S major focus is in the shadow areas of major incentive schools and in the Southwest Litde Rock area. HIPPY serves primarily economical artd educationa] disadvantaged families. Implement integrated educationa] programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing dispanties in achievement. To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kiiKlergarten with the necessary skills to be successful: and to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievenwnt disparity between black and white students. [ Plan References: Page L-5. L-14, IS. 16 ] FY Program Budget: $326,723.78 1st Qtr Expend: $61,678.75 9rd Qtr Expend: $75,281.71 YTD Expenditures: $303,500.24 2nd Qtr Expend: $61,286.76 4th Qtr Expend: $105,253.02 I FTE 22.0 [ Related Function Codes:  01, 1Program Seq f: 01 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Program Goal: To prepare L14 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Marian Shead August II, 1995 ecm,mically disadvantaged chMren  enter kWemanen with the neeessaty skdls to be success\nand to itnpmve the educahonai outcomes of students, pathcularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference Page Ntunber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L14 L14 I. To promote the HIPPY program 2. To select HIPPY aides 3. Initial training of aides and staff 4. To enroll families into program. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Staff Mailed letten (Documentation of PSA) 1.1 To compose and mail Public Service Announcement for local radio stations and Channels 14 and 16 A distribute flyers A. Distributed flyen to Watershed Community Development B. Mailed PSA to LRSD Communication Department C. Distributed flyen to day care centers, health department, and local businesses 2.1 A. B. C. 07/01/94 08/08/94 08/18/94 08/25/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 08/08/94 08/18/94 08/31/94 06/30/95 Staff Interview and select nine (9) Home Visitors Interview \u0026amp; select Home Visitors Printed and mailed flyere to area churches Ran classified ad in two local newspapen 3.1 Arrange logistics with State Regional Office for the initial training 4.1 Conduct home interview and enroll families into program. 01, 2 07/01/94 07/25/94 08/05/94 08/07/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 10/03/94 08/05/94 08/17/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Staff Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Pay the bill (requisition paid) Pay the bill (Documentation of family enrollment)Program Seq f: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goat: LI4 L14 L14 L14 LI4 L14 01 HIPPY 01 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Page: 3 RerisloD Date: Marian Shead August 11. 1995 To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve die educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5. To recruit families 6. To determine service of coordinators 7. To assign families to be serviced by aides. 8. To organize instructional material. 9. To familiarize aides of the HIPPY implementation in LRSD. 10. Obtain material for program A. Mail registration aimouncements to 315 prospective families io LRSD B. Conduct registration for interested parents S.l Compose aixl mail correspondence to community churches to recruit families and instructional aide trainees. 6.1 Identify families to be served by each coordinator 7.1 Identify families to be served by each aide 8.1 Print curriculum material. A. Ordered printed curriculum from Dushkin Publishing 9.1 Conduct three (3) day workshop 01, 3 08/16/94 08/22/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/12/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/16/94 08/23/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 08/12/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 Staff Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Coordinators Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordiiutors Certification of aides (position of aides filled) Assignment of families to aides Page: 4 Program Seq /: 01 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children lo enter kindergarten with the necessary skill, to be niece,,\nand to improve disparity between black and white students. the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement Flan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria LI4 11. To orientate enrolled families m the HIPPY program. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Supervisor Coordinators Families enrolled in program (documentation of patent orientation) L15 LIS L15 11.1 Conduct orientation meeting. A. Secured space for orientation(Adult Education Auditorium) from Paulette Martin, Adult Education Director B. C. D. 07/01/94 09/19/94 06/30/95 09/19/94 Invited LRSD personnel to Orientation Prepared program agenda for orientation Orientation conducted 09/21/94 WI23I9^ 09/26/94 09/21/94 09/26/94 12. Identic meeting sites of group meetings. 13. To schfate anplemenation of HIPPY curriculum. 14. To provide parents with information that will assist them with their children. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Coordinators Confirmation of site (documentation of letters) 12.1 Secure meeting sites for group meeting, (mailed letten to building principals) 12.2 Mail out notification of meeting sites. 13.1 To schedule aides weekly home visits 13.2 To schedule area group meetiruts - print flyers 13.3 To schedule weekly Inservice Training for aides 13.4 Schedule aides first teaching (with own child). 01, 4 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Coordinators Coordinaton Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Received materialsProgram Seq f: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: L15 L6 L16 01 HIPPY 01 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Page: 5 Revision Dote: Marian Shead August 11. 1995 To prepare economically disadvantaged children w enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to die achievement disparity between black and white students. I Plan Reference Page Ntmber Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Comfrfetion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 16. To determine program success 19. Provide parents with information to be successful with their children 14.1 Schedule workshop for patents and aides, mail out and print matorials. 14.2 Include enrichments for parents at monthly Group Meetings 16.1 Conduct survey of parents - print materials 16.2 Telephone survey conducted 19.1 Obtain a sitt and speaker and schedule a lecture for patents 01. 5 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 07/01/94 01/04/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 01/18/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordiiutors Coordinators Supervisor Supervisor Completion of survey Evaluation using the Early Prevention of School Failure or a similar model which is comparable in validation scope and developmental grounding, will be conducted on the HIPPY participants as they enter and exit the kindergarten. A standardized achievement test will be given to each child at the end of the third grade level. Consultant fee paid Page: 6 Program Seq f: 01 Rerlsion Date: August II. 1995 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marian. Shead Program Goal: To prepare economKilly disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. L16 L16 Plan Reference Page Nianber L16 LI6 L16 Objectives Strategies lUginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 20. Build die aides children self esteem. 21. Graduation of HIPPY cbildten and aides reception 23. Suff in place. 24. Maintain regular staff. 19.2 Hold Parent Appreciation/Motivational Program 20.1 Activities throughout program year with involvement for children\ni.e. fall carnival, holiday party, black history program, group meetings, graduation A recognition ceremony A. Held Fall Carnival for parents and children Ocmber 24. 1994 at Adult Education Auditorium B. Held Holiday Party for parents and children December 20, 1994 at Adult Education Auditorium C. D. E. F. 04/20/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 10/24/94 12/20/94 04/20/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 10/24/94 12/20/94 Staff Staff Staff Staff Consultant fee paid Completion of program Held Black History Program February 28, 1995 Held Parent Appreciatkm/Motivatjonal Program Held Graduation Ceremony May 21, 1995 Held Recognition Ceremony for Aides 05/25/95 21.1 Staff will organize 23.1 To begin inq)Ieinentation of HIPPY program. 24.1 Secretary 01, 6 02/28/95 04/20/95 05/21/95 05/25/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 02/28/95 04/20/95 06/30/95 05/21/95 05/25/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Coordinator Coordinator Supervisor Staff began implementation of program To assist in die implementation of programPage: 7 Program Seq f: 01 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Prhnary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvanuged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. L16 L6 L6 Flan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 25. To assist in traveling expense. 25.1 Aides made borne visit. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Aides Pay stipend 07/01/94 06/30/95 26, The home-based program and die four-vear-old school-based program will collaborate in the areas of parental involvement and teacher training. 27, The Little Rock School and Pulaski County School Districts will collaborate and coordinate the on-goina implementation of the HIPPY Program. 01, 7 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95Program Seq f: 02 Program Name: Program Code: Program Description: Distrkt Goal Support: Program Giud: Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Four-Year Old Program/City-Wide Early Childhood Program 02 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Pat Pike Page: I Revision Date: August II. 1995 The purpose of die program is  meet the growing needs of disadvantaged students and to improve the racial balance at schools that are difficult to desegregate by incorporating Early Childhood Education programs into the Elementary schools. The program provides experiences for young children which meet their needs and stimulate learning in all developmental areas - physical, social, emotional, and intellectual. Priority for identification of program sites will be given to areas that have a very high concentration of low income students and in schools that are diffkult to desegregate. The Disnkts preschool curriculum model will be implemented in all incentive schools and other selected schools in the Little Rock School Distrkt. Effective the 1990-91 school year, this model will be an integral part of the effort to improve the academic achievement of minority and economkallv disadvantaged children and to attract white students to the schools. A loiut-range (four-vear-otd) plan will address deinogriphk. instructional, and structural needs. LRSD will continue to use the four-vear-old program as a means to meet the needs of-disadvantaged students and desegregate schools that are difficult to desegregate. L8 Goal FI - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on bask skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal F2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal F3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each diversity among students, staff and the comiminity as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for die 21st Century. Goal F4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal F5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal F6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all fdiases of school activities and operatkiu. The District will implement the Four-Year-Old Program by the 1994-95 school year according to the provisions of a long-ranee implementation plan developed for additional four-year-old classes and approved by the Court f72O seats). L7, LIO. L17, 18. 19 ] $1,943,683.64 $2,108,061.00 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $292,010.10 $480,415.35 02, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $607,059.76 $728,575.79 FTE 89.5 1Program Seq f: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Flan Reference Page Number L17 L17 L17 L17 L17 L17 02 Four-Year Old Program LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: To Implement the Four-Year-Old Program In selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult m desegregate.) Objectives Strategies 2. Recruit teachers and aides as needed. 3. Obtain curricuhan materials, supplies, and furniture as needed. 4. Train teachers and aides in the Implementation of E.C.E. currlctdum.) Page: 2 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Secondary Leader: Pat Price Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 06/30/95 Supervisors, Human Resources Director, Principals 2. (A list of qualified applicants.) 2.1 Interview intererted teachers and aides as needed. A. Teachers and aides hired for every classroom. 3.1 Complete and send orders to vendors. A. Materials, supplies and equipment available in al) new classrooRU. 4.1 Conduct orientation and Inservlces. A. Principals training July 18 and 19. 1994\nOctober 13, 20, 1994 and November 15. 1994\nFebruary 23. 1995 and March 29. 30. 31. 1995 B. Teachers training August 16. 1994 and September 20, 1994\nOctober 12, 13. 20 and November 10, 15, 18. 1994\nFebruary 21. 23. 1995 and March 3. 6. 10. 29. 30. 31. 1995\nApril 11. 12. 13. 19. 1995 02, 2 07/01/94 07/08/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/18/94 08/16/94 06/30/95 08/12/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 08/20/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/06/95 06/06/95 Supervisors, Human Resources Director, Principab (Purchasing Dept. Supervisors) Principals Supervisors Supv/Staff Dev Supv/Staff Dev 2.1 A list of qualified applicants. (Employment of teachers and aides for new and open positions.) 3. (Confirmation of purchase orders.) 3.1 Materials available 4. (Documentation of inservice evaluations.) 4.1 Agenda (Documentation of inservice evaluations) Page: 3 Program Seq f: 02 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To Implement the Four*Year-Old Program tn selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) I Flan Reference Page Nianber L17 L17 L17 L18 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5. Familiarize pareida with Four-Year Old Program. 5.1 Conduct paretd orientation meeting and pareid conference. A. Parent Orientation: August 30, 1994 - Romine and Elementary Magnet Schools: September I, 1994 - Elementary Area Schools\nSeptember 8, 1994 - Incentive Schools\nParent Conference Day - September 23. 1994\nNovember 12, 1994 - Brady Parent Woritshop\nOctober 4. 1994 - HIPPY\nMarch 17, 1995 - Parent Conference Day\nApril 13, 20 and May 10. 1995 - Rockefeller Parent Workshops 5.2 Include four-year old children In Master Schedule - students receive service* of counselors, musk teachers, school nurses, librarian*, physical education and art teachers. A. Master schedules reflect services children receive. 5.3 Ensure key experiences occurring far the classroom. A. One hundred and six (106) classroom visitations. B. Forty (40) programs had licensing site visits. 02, 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/30/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 09/13/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/06/95 06/30/95 09/30/94 06/30/95 06/01/75 06/06/95 Classroom teachers Classroom teachers Principab Principals Classroom Teachers Supervisors 5. (Documentation of meetings artd evaluations.) 5.1 Number of parents attending Parent/Teacher Conferences 5.2 Master schedules 5.3 Curriculum checklistPage: 4 Program Seq f: 02 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Plan Reference Page Nianber L18 L18 L18 L18 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6. Evaluate effectiveness of Four-Year Old Program. 6.1 Aihnlnister appropriate evaluation to four-year-olds. 6.1 (Maintaining portfolio assessments on four-year-olds.) A. Portfolio assessments began on all children. 6.2 Analyze student assessment test data and prepare report for LRSD Board of Directors. 6.3 Utilize results for program fanprovemeid. 02, 4 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/06/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 (Principals Classroom Teachers Supervisors Planning, Research, and Evaluation. Assoc. Supt.) Classroom teachers (Classroom teachers) Assoc Supt Supervisor Plnnnlfig, Evaluation, and Testing (Assoc Supt Supervisor) 6. (Annual review of assessment data beginning at die end of the kindergarten year of each child participating in the program. EPSF Post Assessments) o(Comparisons of the progress of children who did and did iMt participate in the program.) (Standardize achievement tests will be given to each child at the end of the third grade level. These tests will provide data indicating the success of the Early Childhood Program as an intervention strategy.) 6.1 Evaluation results 6.1 (Documentation of portfolios recording the work which children do and what they krtow.) 6.2 Evaluation report 6.3 (Areas targeted for improvement.) Page\n5 Program Seq *: 02 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Prinarj Leader: Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To iinpleinent the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) i Flan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7, Support the continued work of the LRSD Early Childhood Task Force as a valuable avenue for parent, teacher, and conununitv input. 07/01/94 06/30/95 7.1 Conduct monthly Task Force meetings A. Schedule meetings and plan agenda. 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 05/31/95 02, 5Program Seq 9: 02 Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Flan Reference Page Nianber L19 L19 L19 L19 L19 L19 L19 L19 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET EXX:UMENT Four-Year Old Program Primaiy Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 6 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Pat Price To combine the efforts of the L.R.S.D.. P.C.S.S.D., N.L.R.S.D.. Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvaritage students in the city of Little Rock. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. To develop a plan for planning a city-wide early childhood program. 3. To initiate the planning for the Implementation of a dty wide early childbood program. 1.4 To receive a letter of support from each agency desiring to participate. 2.1 To establish planning procedures and Identify key committees and chairpersons needed for the planning process. 2.2 To Identify appropriate additional representatives from each participating for each committee. agency 2 J To deUneate the goals to be addressed and the tasks to be acc\u0026lt;ai|41shed by each committee, including appropriate timelines to be met. 3.1 To conduct periodic meetings to review progress of each committee. 3.2 To idemify resources needed by identified by each committee, including monetary. 02, 6 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for ELducational Programs File record letters Structured plan for planning on file. Record of committee members Record of committee members Minutes of meetings Identification of committeeProgram Seq f: 02 Page: 7 Revision Date: August II, 1995 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program G\u0026lt;m1: To combine the efforts of the L.R.S.D., P.C.S.S.D., N.L.R.S.D., Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantage students in the city of Little Rock. L19 LI9 Ptan Reference Page Number L7(N) LI0(N) LIO (N) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.3 To review the flrst draft of the ctunprebensive plan and to make recommendations for refinement. 3.4 To submit the final draft for approval to aD partldpanl Boards of Directors (where appUcaUe). 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 Assoc Supt for EducatioiuU Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Submission of first draft Draft submitted to Board I. (To collaborate with HIPPY, P.C.S.S.C., N.L.R.S.D., Head Start, and other entities in order to fulfill the district's expectations for a quality Early Childhood Education Program.) (N) 1.1 (To establish a schedule of regular meetings of representatives of the various entities.) (N) 1.2 (Supervisors meet to discuss irtdividual program needs and to determine if resources can be shared.XN) A. manning meeting held August 10. 1994\nSeptember 28. 1994\nSeptember 29. 1994\nOctober 18, 1994\nNovember 8. 1994\nApril 10, 1995\nMay 15, 1995 02, 7 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/10/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 05/31/95 (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) 1.1 (Schedule and minutes of all meetings) 1.2 (Roster of participants arxi minutes of meetings)Page: 8 Program Seq f: 02 Revision Date: August 11. 199S Program Name: Four-Year OW Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine the efforts of the L.R.S.D.. P.C.S.S.D.. N.L.R.S.D.. Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantage students in the city of Little Rock. Plan Reference Page Nianber LIO (N) LIO (N) L10 (N) L11 Objectives Strategies T Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 (To plan joint inservices for administrators, teachen and instructional assistants.XN) 1.4 (To plan joint parent involvement activities.XN) 1.5 (To use a student referral system allowing parents on a waiting list to know about vacarK:les.)(N} 1.6 A representative from the Little Rock School District Student Assiaranent Office will meet each year with parents from both programs to review the kindergarten assianwent oroceaa The annual sessions on kindergarten registration will also be used to provide information on magnet school opportimltles. 02, 8 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSO/MLRSD and Headstart Stgrervlsors of ECE programs) 1.3 (Roster of participants and evaluations of inservices) 1.4 (Roster of participants and evaluations of Inservlces) 1.5 (List of vacancies each entity has.) --1Page: 9 Program Seq f: 02 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine the efforts of die L.R.S.D., P.C.S.S.D., N.L.R.S.D., Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantage students in the city of Little Rock. L11 Ran Reference Page Nunber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.7 Beginning in the 1990-91 school year, a list will be conpiled of all graduates from the three early childhood programs. These students will be identified in the Little Rock School District mainframe cowouter system according to their respective programs. A. Requested list of graduates from the ECE programs at Headstart and the city of Little Rock*s East Cosmunity Complex 02, 9 07/01/94 08/22/94 06/30/95 06/06/95 1.7 At the end of each year for grades K-3, these students will be monitored on the basis of standardited tests, criterion-reference tests. EPSF screening, or ony other academic measures that are available and applicebie, The entities will review these results on an annual basis, prior to the beginning of the following school year, and make prograwnatic changes, individually and collectively, as needed. These students will be cowoared to a control group in order to isolate the effectiveness and/or deficiencies of the various early childhood programs.LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq f: 03 Page: 1 Revlsioii Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: 10 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/Parfcer/Glasgow Program Description: Name and Location of Academic Support Programs - The name of all district remediation programs will be Academic Support Programs. All school programs will be located at each school site, except Metropolitan Vocational-Techiuca] Education Center. Purpose - The purpose of the Academic Support Program is to provide support for participating students in grades one through twelve in the areas of reading, language arts, and nuthematics. The program reinforces and enhances the academic achievement of these targeted students. The support will be provided by certified reading specialists, English and mathematics teachers in the regular classrooms, additional classes, and labs. Scope and Content - The Academic Support Program offen a variety of options to die individual schools for providing accelerated reading/language arts and mathematics learning experiences for students identified through a process using multiple criteria. The program is characterized by providing either direct or indirect services to identified students through additional classes, smaller class sizes. or in-class assistance at the secondary level and in-class assistance or limited pull-out at the elementary level. Partldpnnts/Benefldarlea - Target students are initially identified from the student population scoring in the annual studcot asscssinent. Multiple criteria, including student grades, teacher recommendations, and student records are used to select students from the eligible population tn participate in the Academic Support Program. District Goal Support: \u0026lt;1) Implement integrated educational programs dial will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. (2) Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. (3) Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary m fully support our schools, including our desegregation ptan. (4) Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. (5) The Litde Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. (6) Ensure that equity occurs in all (riuses of school activities and ofurations. Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students tn the mainstream setting by supporting diem with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the teaming disparity. Flan References: LP 1-20 Program Budget: $1,615,303.00 let Qtr Expend: $209,511.74 3rd Qtr Expend: $579,493.61 FTE 48.0 YTD Expenditures: $1,491,150.15 2nd Qtr Expend: $357,000.40 4(h Qtr Expend: $345,144.40 Related Function Codes: 03, 1 Isogram Seq f: 03 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Program Goal: Flao Reference Page Nunber March 19, 1993 Revised Academic Support Program P 1 p4,13 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Adams/Parkcr/Glasgow The goal of die Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting diem with die instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. (Mijectives Strategies Beginning Date Ctnnpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To Identify and serve students who are at-risk in language arts and mathematics. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Local school teams 1. (Print-out of eligible students is provided to local school teams. Uniform District criteria are used (Stanford 8 cutoff score and multiple criteria) to identify targeted students.) 1.1 Explain the Academic Support Program options to local school administrators. A. Language Arts Plus and Madi Plus and traditional in-class support. 1.2 Provide an overview of bow all the individual Academic Support Programs will be coordinated for continuiQr of services to children and efficient use of resources. -All schools will implement die Board-approved uniform curriculum. 03, 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/30/95 06/30/95 Associate Supt. for Curriculum Assocbte Supt. for Curriculum, Director of Federal Programs, Cuiriculm Supervisors 1.1 (Schedule of meeting.) 1.2 (Observation reports and staff development activities records are on file.)Page: 3 Program Seq f: 03 Revision Date: August 11. 1993 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/Pa rkcr/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equiable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number p7,W pl3 p 11.13 p 12.13 Objectivea Strateglea Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Crlterta -The established critical attributes of the Academic Support Program will be evident in each school. -The revised curricutum (K-i2) has been sequentially developed and die objectives have been correlated to the skills in Arkansas Minimum Performance Test, Stanford Achievement Test-Eighth Edition, and existing computer-assisted instructional software. -To provide for continuous improvement of teachers, records will be maintained on staff development activities. -New staff members will be targeted for appropriate staff development activities as well as participation in the district's \"New Teacher Initiative.* U Select the local schools appro|Hiate Academic Support Program. (Indtrect/dlrect/cxtended aervices) A. Support program identified 1.4 Ideidl^ students selected for partldpotlon tn each program by achool/grade level. A. Students identified and selected. 1.5 Select staff (Identify by position) responsible for delivering Academic Su|qwrt Program. A. Staff selected for 1994-95 school year. 03, 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/01/94 06/30/95 09/30/95 06/30/95 09/30/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 Local school administrators Local school teams PriiKipai 1.3 (Selection on file at buildinglevel aiKl in office of Director of Federal Programs.) 1.4 (Print-out of eligible students is provided to local school teams. Uniform District criteria are used (Stanford 8 cutoff score and multiple criteria) to identify targeted students.) 1.5 (Staff assignments are determined at die building level and assignments filed at the Office of Federal Programs.)Page: 4 Program Seq 9: 03 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/Parfcer/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstrearned setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number p12,13 p 13 p 7,8,20 pl Objectives Strategies Rfinning Date Comjdetion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria l.d Schedule the academic teams staff. A. Teacher schedules on file at Office of Federal Programs B. Schedules posted in classrooms 1.7 Implemeid selected school options at local levd. A. Program options implemented 1.8 Utilize resources Invested In PAL remediation approach by reallocating staff positions, computer hardware, software programs, and other equipment and materials toward the itew approach to remediation. A. JoW Year School Improvemerd Plans developed tanplemeoted. B. First Year School improvement plan* developed/implemented. 07/01/94 08/23/94 08/23/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/07/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 09/30/94 06/30/95 09/28/94 Principal Principal and staff (PriiKipal, Coordinator of Media Services. Director of Federal Programs, and Curriculum Supervisors) 2. To prescribe a personalized intervention plan for eligible students. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Principal and staff 03. 4 1.6 (Schedules are developed listing teams contact time, number of students served, and other variables associated with the teams responsibilities.) 1.7 (Schedules of targeted students reflect implementation of the selected school option(s).) 1.8 (Tecimology Department's inventory and schedules of stafFing reflect reallocations of resources.) 2. (Personal education plans of targeted students reflect implementation of the selected school option(s).)Page: 5 Program Seq 9: 03 RevisioD Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is lo provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with (he instructional and technical assistarx\ne needed to reduce die learning disparity. Flan Relercnce Page Number Objectives Strategiea Beginning Dale Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. (To prescribe a personal education plan for targeted students.) pl4 pM 2.1 Cluster schools and develop a staff development schedule for curriculum clusters. 2 J Begin training staff responsible for delivering each Academic Support Program. 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 Directors of Staff Development and Reading\nSupervisors of Language Arts and Mathematics Directors of Staff Development and Reading\nSupervisors of Language Arts, Mathematics and IRC Specialists, Director of Federal Programs 2.1 (Staff development schedule on file.) 2.2 (Staff training for participants will include program administration (student selection process, recordkeeping. progress reports) instructional strategies, parental involvement, and others.) A. Workshops -Applied Madi I and n  State training 08/02/94 08/04/94 -Harcourt Brace Inservice for Principals 08/03/94 08/03/94 -Pre-School Elementary Language Arts Curriculum Inservice -Pre-School Elementary Classroom Teacher Harcourt Brace Inservice -Pre-School Secondary English and Language Arts Plus Inservice Pre-School Elementary Pre-School Secondary Math Plus Inservke 03. 5 08/15/94 08/16/94 08/16/94 08/15/94 08/16/94 08/15/94 08/16/94 08/16/94 08/16/94 08/16/94 J.'Page: 6 Program Seq *: 03 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Giasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and matfienutics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting diem with die instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Flan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria -Elementary Reading Teacher Inservice -Chapter 1 Record Keeping -Harcourt Brace Reading Department Inservice -Secondary Math Council -Harcourt Brace Inservice for Grade 4, 5. and 6 Teachers -Harcourt Brace Inservice for Grade 1. 2. and 3 Teachers -Secondary Academic Support Madi Teachers Inservice - Math Plus -Harcourt Brace l^ementary Cluster Inservices for New Reading Series Grades 2-6 -Elementary Reading Teacher Inservice -Elementary Reading Teacher Inservice -First Grade Academic Support Math Teacher Inservice (Part I) -Chapter I Mid-Winter Conference (Hot Springs) -Academic Support Program Planning Meeting -Academic Support Elementary Counselors Meeting -Academic Support Secondary Counselors' Meeting -Secortdary English Council Inservice -First Grade Academic Support Math Teacher Inservice (Part 2) 03, 6 08/31/94 09/01/94 09/02/94 09/13/94 09/19/94 09/20/94 09/27/94 10/10/94 11/16/94 11/19/94 12/06/94 01/26/95 02/02/95 02/07/95 02/07/95 02/20/95 02/20/95 08/31/94 09/01/94 09/02/94 11/22/94 09/19/94 09/20/94 09/29/94 11/14/94 11/16/94 11/19/94 01/30/95 01/27/95 02/02/95 02/07/95 02/07/95 02/20/95 03/13/95Page: 7 Program Seq f: 03 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: pTfanary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: Hk goal of the Academic Support Progiam is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Ran Reference Page Nianber Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria pM -Secondary Chapter I \u0026amp; Language Arts Plus Teacher Inservice \"Instructional Strategies* 2.3 Monitor the implementation of above. 2.3 (Monitor the implementation of the Academic Support Program options. These programs may vary from year-to-year.) A. On site visits made to elementary and secondary schools by staff 2.4 Monitor instruction and learning in Academic Support Program settings on a regular basis and observe to determine: -Teachers involving students in a variety of classroom activities that address learning styles and cultural diversity. 03, 7 03/09/95 03/10/95 07/01/94 08/23/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Principals, districtwide staff development team, and computer specialista (PritKipals. districtwide staff development team, curriculum supervisors. IRC specialists. Director of Federal Programs) Principals 2.3 (School visits/observations are made to provide feedback (oral/written) to trained staff.) Teacher observations and evaluations on record. Page: 8 Program Seq f: 03 Revtsion Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of die Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in die mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. 1 Plan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategies Bcghmlng Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria p 7,9,10,19 -Teachers selecting methods and strategies that capitalize on students interests and experiences. -Teachers danonstratlng creativity and resourcefulness in deliveiing instruction. -Teachen utilizing effective classroom strategics, such as tutors, smaO-group Instruction, and extended day/weck programs, to maintain the gains students have made. Teachers interacting with students In a caring manner. -Teachers recording of students data that shows increased student achievement and social skills (letter and citizenship grades, standardized test scores, attendance). p7,15 2.5 Provide technical assistance and maintenance workshops as needed in the above staff development areas. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Principals, district- wide staff development team, and computer specialists 2.4 (Requests for technical assistance are documented and evaluated. Feedback related to improvement or change is recorded.) A. Technical assistance has been provided to eleiTKntary and secondary schools. 08/23/94 Q6I3QI95 (PritKipals, districtwide staff development team, curriculum supervisors, IRC specialists) 03, 8Page: 9 Program Seq 9: 03 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Academic Suppon Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader\nAdams/Parker/Glasgow Program Croal: The goal of (he Academic Support Program is assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. IO provide equitable language am and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical } Flan Reference Page Nianber p 7,10,15 p10,15 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.6 Schedule school based meetings to assess program effectiveness. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Principal 2.5 (Records of dates of meetings and participants, minutes of meetings, and issues related to program effectiveness are maintained.) 3. To reduce or eUminate pull-out academic support programs. 07/01/94 06/30/95 3.1 Collect appropriate data for end of school program evaluation, including pre and post standardized test scores, student grades and attendance, xampks of student work, and pareid/teacber/student recommendations. 3.2 Analyze the above data to evaluate program effectiveness In meeting Its particular programmatic goab and objectives of remediating student achievement and contributing to the overall reduction of disparity between Mack and white students. A. Chapter 1 Sustained Effects Reports 1995 03. 9 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/01/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/15/95 Principal and staff\nDir. of Federal Programs Associate Supt. for Curriculum, Assistant Supts., Curriculum Supervisors, and Principab 3.1 (Individual student folders that include a systematic collection of student work, pre and post standardized test scores, grades, and recommendations to provide individual/group/school progress are maintained for continuous student and program progress.) 3.2 Academic Support Programs win be successfully operating in all district schools as evidettced by: Increased student achievement. Improvement on standardized test scores. Increased numbers of students moving to the next quartile. Increased number of students moving above the 50th percentile. Page: 10 Program Seq f: 03 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts aixl mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and techrucal assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. nan Reference Page Number p 10,15,19^0 pl5 p5 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Stanford Achievement Test Results 3.3 Identic modification for the Academic Support Program for 1993-94. A. Math Plus initiated in regular math, pre-algebra. algebra: FY 95 - 10 schools participated 3.4 Support and extend learning opportunities for studeids by maidng available to targeted students before-scboot, at hmch, after-scbool, and periodic extended weeks computer lab instruction. 03, 10 06/01/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 06/30/95 Associate Supt. for Curriculum, Assistant Supts., Curriculum Supervisors and Principals Director of Federal Programs, Principals -Grade distribution reports (by semester) reflecting an increase in letter grades of \"C\" or better in the core areas for each student. -Grade distribution reports (by semester) by class and grade level reflecting an increase in attainment of letter grades of \"C\" or better In the core areas. -Improved attendaiKe for targeted students. 3.3 (The 1993-94 school year will reflect modifications.) 3.4 (Schedules will reflect additional instructional services.)Page: 11 Program Seq 9: 03 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: - Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Progmm is  piovide equiable language arta and malhemadcs learning eaperiencea for all students in the nutinstreatned setting by supporting them with the instntctional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. I Pbn Reference Page Nunber P Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. To provide parents the knowledge and skllla needed to promote the education of their children at home and at school. A. Announcement of Extended E\u0026gt;ay Program to begin 1-4-95 B. Identified studenu of participating schools submitted to Office of Federal Programs. C. Extenday Day proposals to Office of Federal Programs D. Extended Day Programs begin (1500 participants} 4.1 Assist parents in obtaining the knowledge and skills needed to prorfote the education of their children at home and at school through: Providing timely information regarding students achievement and behavior. Involving them in Informative and effective conferences concerning their childs education. Involving parents as partners in their childs educationa) process. A. Provided parent/teacher support at five (5) schools\nconducted twelve (12) parent meetings B. Parent Involvement meetings with Key Facilitators and/or Executive Council C. Parent training sessions (29) 03. 11 07/01/94 06/30/95 (Principal and staff. Director of Federal Programs, Curriculum Supervisors) 4. Parental involvement will show an increase in the numbers of parents attending parent conferences and parent training sessions and visiting schools. 11/18/94 11/18/94 12/20/94 01/04/95 07/01/94 07/05/94 07/11/94 09/27/94 11/18/94 12/08/94 12/20/94 90% 06/30/95 12/21/95 06/30/95 06/29/95 r (Principal and staff, Director of Federal Programs, Curriculum Supervisors) 4.1 (Records of parental involvement activities on file.) Page: 12 Program Seq 9: 03 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting fliem with the instructional and technical assistartce needed to reduce the learning disparity. Flan Reference Page Nianbcr Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria D. District-wide PAC Meeting 10/22/94 10/22/94 E. Homeless Conference 11/02/94 11/04/94 F. Mid-Winter Conference (30 parents) 01/25/95 01/27/95 O. Kindergarten Parent Inservice 'Getting Your Child Ready for First Grade Reading* 02/07/09 02/07/09 H. Family Day Celebration (250 participants) I. National Parent Meeting (8 parents) J. Tri District Parent Meeting (200 parents) K. Awards Picnic (300 parents) L. Chapter 1 Parent Involventent Day 03, 12 03/12/95 10/04/94 02/15/95 04/17/95 07/01/95 03/12/95 10/08/94 04/01/95 06/03/95 03/12/95Program Seq #: 04 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculuin Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: Flan References: I FY Program Budget: Expenditures: Related Function Codes: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Page: I Revision Date: August tl. 1995 1 The Mulriculaiiil Curriculum Program i, designed to provide equity and excellence in ,11 curricullt and program ireas in the Little Rock School Disiricl. (,6 ), The program is further designend tnoi reduce the disparity that exists between black and white students in academic performances and the low representation of black students in ^vanc^ plac^nt ^u^as development in the r?\n:! p:\u0026lt;^rcoS X* -mra,. cdmlc backgroumls wdl be affected dm the cultural, academic and social needs of all children. (1,3,6) To supplement greatest by activities oudined in the Multicultural Curriculum Program. 4, Students will be provided opportunities to develop better self-esteem,. -5-.- ---S--o--i-r-i-e nts will have opportunities to eaamine the artistic. nwiiiol acientific. literary, social and political accomplishments of many ethruc groups. Goal No. I. Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure dut III students grow icademically. sociilly and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities m achievement. Goal No. 6. Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Goal No. 2. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal No. 4. Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our dewgregaaon plan. -Artrfi-rtnr m cncietv and view cultural diversity Goal No. 3. The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural di ty among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. To ensure educational equity in die elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76 objectives 1,2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, obiectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L66  80 $259,837.33 $187,092.39 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $45,936.67 $29,434.99 04. 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $62,392.39 $49,328.34 FTE  Program Seq f: 04 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Program Goal: Ftan Reference Page Number L66 L66 L66 L76 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Marie McNeal To ensure educational equity in the clcmenury and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1. 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility August 11, 1995 Evaluation Crtterb 1. To provide teacher learning opportunities through formal course training 1.1 Contact local colleges and universities to obtain Information on proposed course offerings related to ethnic studies for the simmer and faD, 1991 1.1 (LRSD will receive aimoutKements from local colleges/universities on proposed multicultural courses) A. Letters written, mailed to all 4 year state colleges and universities requesting catalogue listings of multicuitural course offerings. B. Catalogues listing proposed courses for the 1994-95 terms received. 1.2 Receive and advertise course offerings to aD certified staff, Inchiding opportunities for tuition rehnbursement and/or salary credit A. Course offerings advertised. 04, 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/11/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) 07/01/94 09/09/94 (06/30/95) 05/02/95 (Director of Staff Development, Subject Area Supervisors, Principals) Assoc Supt.-Educ. Programs Dean of Grad. Seb. Academic Deans (Director of Staff Development) (Supervisor of Social Studies) Assoc Supt - Educ Programs Office of Human Resources 1. (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in schools as assessed by administration during classroom observations and teacher conferences) 1.1 List of college offerings 1.1 (The number of teachers who have received multicultural training will increase.) 1.2 Copy of information IH-ovldedPage: 3 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date\nAugust II, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page'76. objectives I, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the N. . LRSD to promott multicultu ral activiti.e s an.d .cu rric.u lum.. d_e_v_e_l_o pm, ekn_t_. :(_A_p__pltie.. s_ o_n_l_y_ _t_o_ p_a_g__e_ 7_6__. _o_b_i_ecI ov1e s 1I . a2 .\\ 3. 4.) I Plan Reference Page Ntmber Objectives Strategies Begiiinlng Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L66 L66 L66 L66 2. To develop a district-wide multicultural audto/visual resource catalogue 2. (To maintain district-wide multiculiural audio/visual resource catalogue) B. Opportunities for tuition reimbursement/salaiy credit outlined/identified in die LRSDs office of Human Resources and the Staff Development Department. U Identify participants in stanmer and fall courses 2.1 Review and catalogue present audio/vlsual materials related to multicultural curriculiHn 2.2 Purchase additional audio/visual materials from the 1988-89 budget A. Activity complettd/obligadon met 04, 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/30/94 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) (06/30/95) (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD Employees (Director of Human Resources) (Subject area supervisors) Supv of Media Services (Subject area supervisors) Supv of Media Services (Subject area supervisors, principals) 1.3 Co|7 of academic course completion on ffle In Personnel office (Office of Human Resources) 2. (Multicultural resources will be used for classroom instruction) 2.1 Current catalogue listing 2.1 (Copies of updated multicultural audio/visual catalogue will be distributed) 2.1 (Multicultural materials will be checked out and used by instructional staff in the schools) 2.2 Requisition material 2.2 (Materials ordered, received, arxl catalogued for distribution/use) Program Seq *: 04 Page: Revistoo Date: 4 August II. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Siecondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies Io entire document except for page 76, objectives 1. 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. objectives I. 2. 3. 4.) L66 Ran Reference Page Number L66 L66 L67 L67 L67 Objectives Strategies Begtamliig Date CompktioQ Date Responsibility EvahiatioD Criteria 2.3 Ideitiify and catalogue other resources for multicultural aurtto/vlsual materials, i.e., AR Dept . of Education, LR Public Library, AR Library Commission 2.4 Revise, print and distribute multicultural audio/vlsua) resource catalogue for the LRSD A. Activity coinpleted/obligation met 2.5 Place initial suppiemental order for multicultural audio/visual materiab from the 1989- 90 budget A. Activity compIeted/obligatioQ met 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD Supv of Media Services Superv of Media Services Media Specialists 2.3 2.4 2.4 Completed catalogue Distribution of catalogue (Multicultural materials will be checked out by schools) 2.5 Requisitions submitted 2.5 (Materials are available for check-out/use) 3. To plan and hnplcmeia the Instructional Materiab Fair (Multicultural) 3. (To supply information about multicultural materials for purchase to teachers, parents and the community) 3.1 Involve a team of parents, community resources, and teachers In detailed planning for the Fair-spedfk dates, tfanc, place and format-to be held as a component of 1988-59 pre-scbool conference 3.1 (To plan and implement the Instructional Multicultural Materials Fair for current term) 3.2 Identify national and local vendors of multicultural Instructional materials 04, 4 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) (06/30/95) (Assoc Supt for Educational Programs) (Supv of Media Services) Assoc Supt for Educatiorul Programs (Supv of Media Services) Assoc Supt for Educatiorul Programs 3. (Multicultural materials will be used by instructional staff in all schools) 3. (Evaluate the effectiveness of the Multicultural Fair) 3.1 Implementation Plan 3.1 (Involved input from parents, cotrununity, and teachers) 3.2 Comidetlon of mailing list 3.2 (Major suppliers of multicultural materials will be invited to exhibit at the Fair) - - Page: 5 Program Seq f: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Flan Reference Page Number L67 L67 L67 L67 L67 L68 L68 04 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Multicultural Curriculum 12 Primary Leader: Secondar\nLeader: Marie McNeal To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document excejrt for page 76. objectives 1. 2. 3, 4.) lU eiOUIC tUUVlUUIHU UI wiw..ii..iaua.7 -------------------------,---------------- , ..  .1 i \\ To collaboratE wiUi Bie PCSSD ind the NLRSD to promote mulncultunl activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. obiecnves I, 2. 3, 4.J 4. To develop adoptbn Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria q crtterb for textbook review and 3.3 Establish pre-school conference dates and extend Invitation to vendors 3.3 (Establish date for Fair) A. Fair date established as 12/01/94 3.4 Confirm Fair participants 3.5 Acquaint principals and ceittral office staff with plam and Fair rebtlonsfaip to desegregation efforts 3.6 Conduct medb campaign for Fair to sbff and parents 3.7 Host trl-district \"Instructional Materials Fair\" 3.7 (Host the Multicultural Fair rotating the site among the diree districts) A. LRSD will host die Fair for the 1994-95 term B. Fair hosted by LRSD at M.L. King School on December 1, 1994. 4.1 Revise Board policy for textbook adoption 04, 5 Mil  07/01/94 09/30/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07-01-94 09/30/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) 09/30/94 06/30/95 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) (06/30/95) 09/30/94 12/01/94 (06/30/95) Executive Staff Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Supv of Medb Services Assoc Supt for Deseg and Seboob Supv of Medb Services, Dir of Communications Assoc Supt of Educational Programs working with conunittee (Assoc Supt for Curriculum, Subject Area Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educationa) Programs 3.3 Conference scheduled 3.3 (Fair date placed on District master calendar) 3.4 3.4 3.5 3.5 Confirmation (List of participating vendors) Staff agenda (Staff can relate Fair to die District's desegregation efforts) 3.6 Publicity 3.6 (Fair is advertised to the public) 3.7 Validate Fair participation 3.7 (Materials ordered/purchased) 4. (Criteria checklist implemented by textbook committees) 4.1 Approved criteriaPage: 6 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1, 2. 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and die NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3. 4.) nan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Cmnpletion Date Responsibility EvahutioD Criteria Ld8 L 68 L68 L68 L68 A. Activity completed/obligation met 4.2 Ideirtify an ad hoc committee to review criteria presently being used in LRSD and other districts for textbook adoptions (10 members) A. Activity completed/obligation met 4.3 Conduct staff development training on avoiding sex and race bias and stereotyping in textbooks 4.3 (Textbooks on tbe approved Arkansas State Department of Educations textbook list arc free of sex/race bias) A. Activity completed/obligation met 4.4 Submit revised policy and criteria to the Board of Directors for Rrst reading A. Activity completed/obligation met 4 J Adopt policy on textbooks A. Activity co(i^\u0026gt;leted/obligation met 4.6 UtiUzc a local consultant to train staff on \"Avoiding Sex and Race Stereotyping in Textbooks\" A. Activity completed/obligation met 04, 6 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Arkansas State Dept, of Education) Superintendent Assoc Supt for Ed Progs LRSD Board of Directors Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervisors) 4.2 Roster of committee members 4.3 Schedule of meeting and agenda 4.3 (Textbooks selected will be free of sex/race bias) 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.6 Board agenda Board agenda Monitoring (Textbooks are free of sex/race stereotypes)Page: 7 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: August 11. 1993 Program Name: Multkultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. ob^tives 1. 2, 3 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, obiectives 1, 2. 3, 4.) L6S Flan Reference Page Nianber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L69 L69 L69 4.7 Select and recommend to Board for adoption of textbooks (elemeidary and secondary) based on criteria for adoption A. Based on criteria for adoption, elementary science textbooks were selected and approved by the Board 12/15/94. B. Secondary science textbooks will be recommended to die Board for adoption at the April Board meeting: secondary science texdxwks were approved. 07/01/94 07/01/94 01-04-95 (06/30/95) 12-22-94 04/27/95 5. To develop and Implement a multicultural curriculum for pre-ldndergarten through grade 6 5. (To implement the LRSD curriculum. K-6. which is multicultural) 5.1 Flan and host at least three (3) public meetings to receive suggestions from patrons on areas to be Included in a multicultural curriculum A. Activity completed/obligation met 5.2 Identify and retain the services of a national expert in multicultural currlculiBn development (IohI consultant for two (2) year contract). A. Activity completed/obligation met 04, 7 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curricutum Specialists) (Principals. Teachers, Asst. Supts., Curriculum Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educ Prog Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 4.7 Board approval 4.7 (Criteria checklist was used for texdMX)k selection) 5. (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits/teacher conferences) 5. (Improvement in student performance and assessment of attitude regarding learning) 5.1 Transcript of suggestions 5.2 Contractual commitment for the 1988-89 school year (Dr. James A. Banks was used)Program Seq f: 04 Page: 8 Revision Date: Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum August II. 1995 Program Code: 12 Primai7 Leader: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1. 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3. 4.) L69 L69 L69 Plan Reference Page Nianber Objectives Strategies 5.3 In cooperation with the lead ctmsultant, the Division of Educational Programs will issue a detailed currtcuhan development timeline for the year, including a cbecldist for task completion A. Activity completed/obligation met 5.4 Develop expectations for members partiri paring on muttkulturBl curriculum committee A. Activity completed/obligation met 5.5 Identify ctirriculinn committee members and contract for services: 8  Heakh/Science 5  Musk 14  Reading/Language Arts 3 * Art 4 * Social Studies 4  Libraries 38 5.5 (All core curricuhim areas were involved in the development of guides) 5.5 (Curriculum areas revised were: Reading. Language Arts. Social Studies. Math, and Science) A. Activity completed/obligation met B. Mathematics curriculum was revised according to state mathematics framework 04, 8 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteiia 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) Lead Consultant Assoc Supt for Educationa] Programs 5.3 TimeUne/cbecklist (Timeline included in diis document 5.5 - 5.17) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD 09/15/94 Lead Consultant Assoc Supt for ELduc Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5.4 Expectations 5.4 (Contractual agreements with curriculum writers) 5.5 Identification of committee members 1Page: 9 Program Seq #: 04 Revlsioii Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Multkultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L69 L70 Flan Reference Page Number L70 L70 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.6 Obtain multicultural currlculinn units from modeb used in other dtlcs A. Activity completed/obligation met 5.7 Develop expectations for use of local resource consultant in multicultural curricuhmi development A. Activity completed/obligation met 5.8 Secure the services of six (6) local resource consuHanta to serve on the district wide curriculum development committee A. Activi^ completed/obligation met 5.9 Conduct inservice session on \"Methods for Developing Multicultural Teaching Strategiea\" to include (a) understanding the rationale, trends, and goab multlcnltural curriculum, (b) developing a conceptual framework for multicultural curricultmi, and (c) establishing procedures for developing a muhlcultura] curriculum A. Activity completed/obligation met 04, 9 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-93 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervisors) 5.6 Copies of multicultural materials distributed to committee members 5.7 List of expectations 5.8 Contract services of consultants 5.9 Participants written evaluation 5.9 (Original inservice completed\nongoing inservice wilt be documented and evaluated by participants)Page: 10 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: August 11. 199S Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Mark McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity io the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1. 2, 3. 4.) To colhborate with the PCSSD and (he NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) i L70 L70 L70 Flan Reference Page Nunber L70 Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Crnnfriction Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.10 Conduct task completion monitoring as identified In timeline A. Activity completed/obligation met 5.11 Operatiottalize tbe curriculum development timeline (monthly meetings with specific dates developed In cooperation with committee memhef) A. Activity complettd/obligation met 5.12 Review and edit tbe comprebensive guides in each content area at each grade level A. Activity completed/obligation met 5.13 Type and print all guides A. Activity completed/obligation met B. Revised Math, Language Arts and Foreign Language curriculum guide typed and printed 04, 10 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/01/94 (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD 08/12/94 Div of Educational Programs (Assoc Supt for Educational Programs) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5.10 Implementation of monitoring instrument 5.11 5.12 5.13 5.13 Agenda of each meeting Implementation of guides Guides completed (Guides delivered to schools)Page: 11 Program Seq 9: 04 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure teuduuvc^autivomnaul equity in the elementary and secondary c--u--r--r-i-c--u--l-u--m-  and program areas. (A,p,p lies to entire document -e-x--c--e--p--t for page 76, objectives 1, 2. 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, obiectives 1. 2. 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number L70 L70 L 70 L70 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.14 Conduct inservice for all elementary principals and teachen A. Inservice provided to all K-6 teachers during Preschool Conference Cluster Meetings for revised Language Arts, Math and Reading Curriculum 5.15 Involve prindpah and teachers in ordering multicultural mateiiab from local building budgets: a. Make avaOaMe materials catalogues to buUtUng level principals b. Order and acquire materials based on currkulinn to be taught 5.16 Extend inservice through scheduled district levd regular elemeidary cluster meetings (reading, language arts, sodal studies, art, and musk) A. Curriculum inservice extended in all curriculum areas and programs 5.17 Host three (3) lectings for parents of elementary children to provide an overview of the comprebensire multkultural curriculum 04, 11 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 08/22/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) 08/18/94 (06/30/95) 04/04/95 04/19/95 (06/30/95) 06/23/95 (06/30/95) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educational Prog Elem Teachers Principals Principals Assoc Supt for Educatioiul Programs Division of Educatioiul Programs 5.14 Agenda 5.14 (Curriculum implementation) 5.14 (Inservice on revised curriculum is ongoing) 5.15 Acquisition of materials 5.15 (Instructional materials representing diverse groups will be present in all schools) 5.16 (Inservice on revised curriculum is being offered through minicourses and building meetings during the 1993-94 school year) 5.17 Program and roster of participants 5.17 (Assessment of multicultural education during parent conferences) I 1 Page: 12 Program Seq 9: 04 Revistoo Date: Program Name: August 11. 1995 Multicultural Curricuhim Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Mark McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Appiks to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and tire NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Appiks only to page 76, objectives I, 2. 3, 4^) I L72 L74 L74 Flan Reference Page Nunber Objectivet Strategies Beginning Date Cmnpktion Date RespoiuIbiUty Evaluation Criteria A. Activity completed/obligation met See 1993-94 PBD 6. To develop and fanplcment a multicultural curriculum for grades 7*12 (To implement the revised curriculum 7-12. which is imjiticultural) 6.16 Involve principals and teachers hi ordering muHlcuHural materiab from local building budgets: (a) Make available materiab catalogues to building bvel principab (b) Order and acquire materiab based on curricuhan to be taught 6.17 Monitor the use of cinrkiihon guides A. Periodic curriculum monitoring being implemented in all content areas B. Eisenhower math and science specialists and the math/science supervisory staff monitored schools for the use of the mathematics and scknce curriculum guides. 04, 12 07/01/94 (07/01/90) 07/01/94 08/22/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) (06/30/95) 06/02/95 06/07/95 (Principals. Teachers. Asst. Supts.. Subject Area Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Principals Area Supervisors 6. (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits/teacher conferences) 6. (Improvement in student academic performance and assessment of attitude regarding learning) 6.16 Materials purchased 6.16 (Instructional materials representing diverse groups will be present in all secondary schools) 6.17 Scbedule/Documentation 6.17 (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits and teacher conferences) 6.17 (Improvement in student achievement and attitude toward self and learning)Page: 13 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curncutum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2. 3, 4.) To cotllborate with die PCSSD ind die NLRSD to promote multicultunl icovities and curriculum development, (Applies only to wee 76. objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) L75 Plan Reference Page Nimiber L75 L76 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluatiott Criteria 1. To provide staff development in tbe area of muhicidtural education 6.18 Extend inservice through Kbeduled district level reguhr council meetings (reading, English, social studies, science, art, and musk for tbe secondary level) A. Curriculum inservice extended in all curricuhim areas and programs 6.19 Host three (3) education meetings for parents of secondary children to provide an overview of tbe comprebensive multicultural curriculum A. Activity completed/obligation met 04, 13 07/01/94 08/16/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) 05/31/95 (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) Assoc Supt and Staff for Educational Programs Assoc. Supt. for Educational Progranu (Content Area Supervisor, Principals) (Director of Staff Development, Subject Area Supervisors, Principals) 6.18 Agenda of meetings, roster of participants 6.18 Additiotul inservice will occur through minicourses arxl council meetings during 1993-94) 6.19 Program and roster of participants 1. (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in schools as assessed by administration during classroom observations and teacher conferences) 1. (Academic achievement of students will improve as evidenced by report cards and standardized tests)Program Seq P: 04 Page: 14 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum RevisioD Date: August II. 1995 Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in die elementary aixl secondary curriculum and Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives I, 2, 3, 4.) . ...  __  ------------------------- vnppiiva lu ciiuic uucumeni excetx ror paac /o. obiecnves i 2 3 To collibome wifli die PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multiciiltiinl activities and curriculum development. (Aimlies only lo pane 16. objectives 1. 2, 3. 4,1 Phn Reference Page Number Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L76 1.1 Jolidly negotiate for consultants to provide Inservice for the districts 1.1 (Conduct staff development in the area of multicultural education) A. Tri-District multicultural course \"Children and Youth of African-American Literature and Musk for die Contemporary Child' is currently being implemented. B. Tri-district Multicultural Curriculum completed for first semester. C. Multicultural activities inservices and teaching styles provided to schools during early release, cluster, and department meetings. D. Cultural Diversity - Dr. A. Guero Pulaski Heights Elementary E. Cultural Diversity - J. A. Fair L76 2. To provide access to and information about multicultural materials lo teachers, rents, community 04. 14 07/01/94 08/25/94 08/25/94 08/16/94 02-08-95 02-08-95 07/01/94 (06/30/95) 06/02/95 12/08/94 06/30/95 03/01/95 03/01/95 (06/30/95) LRSD Assoc. Supt for Educ Programs (Director of Staff Development) (PCSSD - Coor for Multicultural Curr Dev Dir of Library Serv LRSD - Assoc Supt for Educ Programs. Supv of Media Serv NLRSD - Coor of Instructiomd Materials) 1.1 l.I 1.1 Contractual agreement (Roster of participants) (Multicuitural strategies will be implemented in LRSD classrooms as determined by classroom observations and teacher conferences) 2. (Teachers, parents, community will have the opportunity to attend Multicuitural Materials Fair)Page: 15 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: August II. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: educational eouity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) To ensure tUUIUUIiai ui un. Hkun-nt_a_i_j M IU ......~. .r-~ o-----.- --_-_--_--- - ..\u0026gt; _ J __ \u0026gt;_____ _ 11 ... in- I *\u0026gt; -aJ 4a \\r To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76\nobiecoves 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Nianber L76 L76 L76 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date ResponsiblUty Evaluation Crfterb 2.1 Share responsibility for Multicultural Materials Fair to be held annually A. Media directors of die three districts planned fair. LRSD will host for 1994-95 school term. 07/01/94 08/25/94 (06/30/95) 12/01/94 3. To provide information to staff members on the availability of graduate course work in muklcultura] education B. Fair hosted by LRS District at M.L. King school. 3.1 Write letters to Institutions of higher education in the area concerning the need for such courses A. Activity conq)Ieted/obligation met 04, 15 07/01/94 12/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) 12/01/94 (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD PCSSD - Coor for Multicultural Curr Dev Dir of Library Serv LRSD - Assoc Supt for Educ Programs \u0026amp;ipv of Media Serv NLRSD - Coor of Instructional Materials (Director of Staff Development. Subject Area Supervisors. Principals) PCSSD - Coor of Instructional Materials LRSD - Assoc Supt for Educational Programs NLRSDCoor of Instructioiuil Materials 2.1 Schedule of vendors 2.1 (The Multicultural Fair will be joindy planned by LRSD. NLRSD and PCSSD) 3. (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in schools as assessed by administration during classroom observations and teacher conferences) 3.1 Letters on (Ue 3.1 (The number of teachers enrolled in multicultural courses will increase) Page: 16 Program Seq 9: 04 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marte McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I. 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curricuhjni development. (Applies only to page 76, obiectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) i Plan Reference Page Nianber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L76 L76 L76 3.1 Promote such courses to the staffs of each school district 3.2 (Duplication of lumber) A. Activity completed/obligation met 07/01/94 (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD 4. To Investigate the possibilities of cooperating on strategies to acquaird staff and communities with multicultural education 07/01/94 (06/30/95) 4.1 Meet to dlscua possibilities of seminars, symposiusu, or other activitlea to promote midtkuttural education among the three districts 4.1 (Plan, schedule, advertise arxl implement strategies) 04, 16 07/01/94 (06/30/95) PCSSD Coord of Multicultund NLRSD Coord of Instructional Materiab (LRSD Director of Stair Development, Supervisor of Social Studies) (PCSSD Coor of Multicultural LRSD Assoc Supt for Educational Programs NLRSD Coord of Instructional Materials) PCSSD Coor of Multicultural LRSD Assoc. Supt for Educational Programs NLRSD Coord of Instructional Materiab (Director of Communications, Director of Staff Development) 3.1 Promotional instruments We 3.2 (Duplication of number) 3.2 (The number of teachers eruolled in multicultural courses will increase) 4. (Multicultural education strategies will be used in LRSD classrooms as determined by classroom observations and teacher conferences) 4. (Assessment of community discussion/conferences. feedback from debriefing of multicultural education) 4.1 Minutes of meeting 4.1 (Three collaborative activities will be held to inform staff and community about multicultural activities)Page: 17 Program Seq 9: 04 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1. 2, 3, 4.) To ensure tuuuiiuim u\u0026gt; ww,---------------- - -r  - - To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. obiecoves 1, 2, 3, 4.) 1 Flan Reference Page Number L77 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To educational equity in instructional methodology and teacber/student interaction A. Met, shared outline of goals for year. Wrote Tri- District grant for classroom management workshop. 2nd grant written for discipline procedures workshop. B. Staff development courses planned and listed in the 1994*95 LRSD Staff Development catalogue/calendar. C. Multicultural workshop planned and conducted during ABA Convention. D. Healing Racism workshop collaborated by the 3 districts and the city of Little Rock and is currently being conducted. Topics: 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. The Onertess of Humanity Defuung Prejudice and Racism How Racism is Peipetuated Institutionalized Racism Stereotypes and How they Affect Us Unaware Racism Disempowerment of Males Internalized Oppression Reclaiming Our Heritage Cultural Racism Ally-Building as a Way to Heal Celebration/Wbere Now? 04, 17 09/13/94 07/01/94 11/10/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 10/24/94 10/07/94 11/11/94 07/10/95 (06/30/95) (Curriculum Supervisors, Curriculum Specialists, Principals) 1. (Assessment of instiuction/teacher student interaction during classroom/school observation and conference) 1. (Increase in student achievement) 3Page: 18 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Multkultural Curnculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1. 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum developnwnt. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2. 3. 4.) L77 Flan Reference Page Nunber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L77 L77 1.1 Research and dure effective instructional strategies at regularly scheduled council and program area meetings A. Effective instructional strategies researcbed/shared at pre-school conference, council meetings arxl program area meetings. B. Mad) manipulative were presented to compensatory education math teachers from the secondary schools. 1.2 Purchase science supplies for teachers to fadlitate the hands-on science approach A. Science supplies.were ordered for the schools, bids for a larger order will be obtained during the next quarter B. Large purchase of scietrce materials was made and received for leachen in the Science Crusade and the refurbishing of elementary school science boxes. 1.3 Purchase math manipulative for teachers to facilitate hands-on math instruction 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 01-04-95 07/01/94 (06/30/95) 05/31/95 09/29/94 (06/30/95) 03/01/95 06/30/95 (06/30/95) Content Area Supervisors Supvs of Specific Content Areas Supvs of Specific Content Areas 1.1 Documentation within the Division of Educational Programs 1.1 (Assessment of implementation of instructional strategies through classroom observations and teacher conferences) 1.2 Materials purchased 1.2 (Hands-on science activities used in District classrooms) 1.3 Materials purchased 1.3 (Manipulative are used in District math classrooms) A. Math manipulative were ordered and furnished to teachers who completed Math Crusade and K-4 Crusade training 07/01/94 06/30/95 L77 1.4 Purchase sets of trade books for teachers to facilitate the emphasis on literature and the wholeness of language approach 07/01/94 (06/30/95) Supvs of Specific Content Areas 1.4 Materials purchased 1.4 (Whole language is used in District classrooms) 04, 18Page: 19 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curricuhim Program Code: 12 IMmary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1. 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76\nobjectives 1, 2. 3. 4.) Plan Reference Page Nianber L77 L77 L77 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.5 Provide inservice for using materials Wentl/led in 1 J, 1.3,1.4 A. Math Crusade and K-4 Crusade classes ate being held for District teachers B. Science Crusade classes include District teachers 1.6 Identify needs of teachers for improved delivery of instruction using student data, principal recommendation, sch I, and teacher questionnaires as the basis for decision making. (Resource: LRSD Resource Staff Devekipmem Guide) 1.7 Submit the Inservice needs to the Staff Development Departmeitf A. Learning styles and culoiral diversity - Wakefield Self-esteem Phonics Equity Guidelines - Baseline, McDermott. Bus drivers B. Inservice needs submitted and course offerings listed in 94-95 Staff Development catalogue. 04, 19 07/01/94 07/01/94 01/04/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/10/94 08/16/94 06/30/95 06/01/95 06/01/95 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) 02/23/95 06/02/95 Supervisors of Specific Areas (Curriculum Specialists. Principals) Principals, Teachers, and Content Area Supervisors Principals 1.5 Documentation of participants 1.5 (Desired instnictional strategies are being implemented in District classrooms as assessed through classroom observations arxl teacher conferences) 1.6 Observation of instruction 1.6 Disaggregation of data 1.6 (tiMiividual Improvement Plans, HP's, reflect identified needs of teachers) 1.7 Staff development documentation (Needs identified in school improvement plans)Page: 20 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curricuhini Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. obiectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) L78 Flan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.8 Schedule teachers as identified for the appropriate inservice 07/01/94 (06/30/95) Staff Development Department 1.8 Staff development documentation 1.8 (Inservice will be provided that addresses the needs of teachen as identified in the school improvement plan) A. Placement is based on teacher requests and administrative recommendations. (Reports sent tt\u0026gt; each school at the end of the semester.) 07\\01\\94 05/10/95 B. A total of 468 inservices were provided district wide arxl a total 6426 workshops were provided by the Staff Development Detp. for the 1994-95 school year. L78 1.9 Monitor the teachers use of effective instructional and classroom management strategies 07/01/94 06/30/95 Supervisors of specific areas (Principals) 1.9 (Assessment of implementation of strategies through classroom observations and teacher conferences) A. Teacher use of effective instructional and classroom management strategies is monitored through classroom observations 08/15/94 06/02/95 L78 L78 2. To incorporate multicultural matertah into the instructional programs 07/01/94 (06/30/95) (Supervisors of Specific Areas, Curriculum Specialists, Principals) 2. (Observe implementation of materials at teacher conferences arxl during classroom visits) 2.1 Review and assess appropriate multicultural materials 07/01/94 (06/30/95) Supervisors of specific areas (Curriculum Specialists. Principals) 2.1 (Multicultural materials used in District classrooms) A. Initial activity completed/inidal obligation met See 1993-94 PBD 04, 20Page: 21 Program Seq f: 04 Reriston Date: August II, 1995 Program Name: Mulbcuttunl Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2. 3, 4.) IO ensure cuuvauuiuu c^uii\nui uv ______ - -.---.--.--- -------.--.---.--.- r.-.- o-------a--_--_--_--- '_ __ J__ I___ ._a \u0026gt;...\n1-,-.- -t-n-  nlku- u'fjuffC iI 7 a 4 \\ To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD  promote multiculairal activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, ob|ectives I, Z, 3, 4.) I Plan Reference Page Number L78 L 78 L78 Objectives Strategies B. Periodic review of appropriate multicultural material library conducted 2 J Identify and suggest mulUcuhural material to be purchased at local school level by content imd grade A. Initial activity completed/initial obligation met B. Multicultural materials identified and suggested for purchase periodically 2.3 Schedule workshops on use of materiab (where appropriate) A. Iniriat activity completed/initial obligation met B. Appropriate workshops scheduled periodically on use of multiculiural materials 2.4 Monitor the use of appropriate multicultural materials A. Use of appropriate multicultural materials being monitored periodically through classroom observations and teacher conferences 04, 21 Beginning Date Completion Date ResponsibUity Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 06/06/95 (06/30/95) Supervisors of specific areas (Curriculum Specialists, Principals) 2.2 (Titles/description of materials forwarded to schools) See 1993-94 PBD 04/19/95 (06/30/95) Supervisors of specific areas (Curriculum Specialists, Principals) 2.3 (Catalogue listings) 2.3 (Multicultural materials used in District classrooms) See 1993-94 PBD 06/23/95 (06/30/95) 06/02/95 Supervisors of specific areas (Curriculum Specialists. Principals) 2.4 (Classroom observations/ teacher conferences reflect use of multicultural materials) Page: 22 Program Seq 9: 04 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Muldculural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculuro and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD lo promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives I, 2. 3. 4.) L78 L 78 Flan Reference Page Number L78 L78 L78 L79 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Comfdetion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. To fanplcment organizational practices that will enhance educational equity 4. To ensure Increased educational equity through tmervice training 07/01/94 (06/30/95) (Assoc. Supt., Assisi. Supt., Principals, Teachers) (3. Educational programs in LRSD have equitable participation and success by all students) 3.1 Provide teachers with training for effective in- class grouping 3 J Monitor implementation of strategies through classroom visitations and feedback in follow-up workshops 3.3 Review placement criteria for eniictanent/ honors and advanced idacemeirt classes A. Activity completed/obligation met 3.4 Provide sujpport to principals In monitoring the distribution of students in higher level courses to assess gender and race equity A. Support given lo priiKtpals through periodic staff development and conferences 04. 22 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/18/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) 06/30/95 (06/30/95) Supervisors of specific areas Supervisors of specific areas Assoc Supt of Educatioiul Programs Assoc and Asst Supts 3.1 (Grouping practices are equitable in LRSD classrooms) 3.2 (Assessment of classroom observation) 3.3 (Placement practices in LRSD classrooms will increase participation of black students in GT/Honors/AP classes) 3.4 (Classroom observation of student enrollment and enrollment reports to central office will reflect equitable distribution of gender and race) 4. (Educationa] programs in LRSD have equitable participation and success by all students)Page: 23 Program Seq 9: 04 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program G\u0026lt;ml: To ensure educational equity in die elementary and secondary curriculum arxl program areas. (Applies to entire document excegt for page 76, objectives 1. 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with die PCSSD and die NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. obiectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) Flan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteiia L79 4.1 Refer to activities outlined in Hots 1.2 - 1.4 above 4.1 (Purchase science supplies, math manipulative, tradebooks) A. Hands-on science materials purchased. B. Math manipulatives purchased L79 L79 L 79 L79 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) 06/30/95 06/30/95 Supervisor of specific areas 4.1 (Updated multicultural materials in schools) 4.1 (Enrollment/implemen-tation of staff development courses) 5. To ensure equity in the selection and use of textbooks 5.1 Inventory and assess current textbooks for multicultural presence A. Elementary science texdNXiks inventoried and assessed during current adoption period. 5.2 Identify the defldencica existing in current textbooks A. Deficiencies identified in elementary science textiiooks. New textbooks selected that present a greater multiculoiral presence. B. Deficiencies identified in secondary science ttxdxxiks selected that present a greater multicultural presence. 5.3 Select and purchase resource materials to replace or supplement areas of deficiency 04, 23 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 01/04/95 07/01/94 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) 12/01/94 (06/30/95) 12/01/94 03/31/95 (06/30/95) (Assoc Supt of Curr., Subject Area Supervisors. Teachers, Principals) Supervisor of specific areas (Curriculum supervisors. Teachers) (Curriculum supervisors) (Media specialists) (Prin\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_722","title":"Report: ''Little Rock School District 1994-95 Fourth Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Exhibit 2","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-08-17"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Report: ''Little Rock School District 1994-95 Fourth Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Exhibit 2"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/722"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["budgets"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT 1994-95 FOURTH QUARTER STATUS REPORT PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR NON-DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT August 17, 1995 EXHIBIT 2 SEQUENCE H PAGE# Preface 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS SEQUENCE # I PAGE # Mission Statement 2 Goals 3 District Financial Summary 4 Definitions 5 Organization of the Report 7 Cluster Budget Documents 8 CURRICULUM CLUSTER (PINK) 201,1 -208,27 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Kindergarten Special Education Vocational Educational Adult Education Compensatory Education Gifted and Talented Curriculum Services 201,1-6 202,1-3 203,1-7 204,1-7 205,1-5 206,1-5 207,1-3 .208,1-27 SCHOOL OPERATIONS CLUSTER (BUFF) 209 210 211 212 Elementary Junior High School High School Athletics SCHOOL SUPPORT CLUSTER (BLUE) 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 Guidance Services Drug Abuse Prevention Health Services VIPS Educational Media Services Board of Education Services Executive Administrative Services Support Service Management Fiscal Services Plant Services Pupil Transport Services Purchasing Services Safety \u0026amp; Security Services Planning \u0026amp; Evaluation Services Communication Services Human Resource Services Labor Relations Data Processing Services Family Life/New Futures Indebtedness Contingencies ORGANIZATIONAL CHART 209,1 - 212,7 209,1-3 210,1-3 211,1-2 212,1-7 213,1 - 233,2 213,1-12 214,1-6 215,1-12 216,1-10 217,1-3 218,1-2 219,1-4 220,1-7 221,1-3 222,1-2 223,1-4 224,1-4 225,1-12 226,1-18 227,1-8 228,1-4 229,1-5 230,1-9 231,1-4 232,1-2 233,1-2PREFACE The mission statement and goals of the Little Rock School District serve as guides for all decision-making. The information gained from the Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs will provide direction for quality, interim decision-making as well as summative decision-making. The report enhances the districts ability to monitor and report achievements and expenditures relative to programs which are not a part of the district s Court-Approved Desegregation Plan obligations. Among other things, specific quarterly expenditure information will be provided in addition to the YTD (Year-to- Date) Expendimre information. After an extensive search for legal references for the Safety and Security (sequence number 25) section of the desegregation volume of the PBD, it was determined that this particular program would be more appropriately placed in the non-desegregation volume of the PBD. The Safety and Security (Sequence number 25) has been moved to the non-desegregation volume of the PBD and reported with Safety and Security Services in this publication of the PBD. The Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs conuins the following: (1) The Mission Statement of the Little Rock School District\n(2) The Goals of Little Rock School District\n(3) LRSD YTD (Year-to-Date) Non-Desegregation Expenses Summary\n(4) Definitions and Data Elements\n(5) Organization of the Report\n(6) Non-Desegregation Program Budget Documents, Grouped by Clusters\nand, (7) The LRSD Organizational Chart. 1LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Little Rock School District is to provide a quality, integrated educational program which encourages all children to achieve their optimum academic, social, and emotional development. To that end, the students in the Little Rock School District will develop an appreciation for ethnic and cultural diversity, develop skills in problem solving and conflict resolution, and demonstrate mastery of the Districts curriculum. This will be achieved through the collaborative efforts of a Board, a dedicated and competent staff, and of parents and citizens to fairness, racial equity and adequate support for education. 21. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT GOALS The LRSD will implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. The LRSD will develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. The LRSD will solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. The LRSD will provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. The LRSD will ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations.Little Rock School District Quarterly Non-Desegregation Expenses Page 1 of 1 Program 5eq. Wo. 201 202 209 210 211 212 203 204 205 206 207 213 215 208 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 232 233 231 Program Name FOUR YEAR OLD/HIPPY__________ KINDERGARTEN_________________ ELEMENTARY___________________ JUNIOR HIGH___________________ HIGH SCHOOL__________________ ATHLETICS ________________ SPECIAL EDUCATION____________ VOCATIONAL EDUCATION_______ ADULT EDUCATION_____________ COMPENSATORY EDUCATION GIFTED AND TALENTED_________ GUIDANCE SERVICES___________ HEALTH SERVICES_____________ CURRICULUM SERVICES________ EDUCATIONAL MEDIA SERVICES~ BOARD OF EDUCATION SERVICES EXECUTIVE ADMIN SERVICES SUPPORT SERVICE MGMT______ FISCAL SERVICES______________ ' PLANT SERVICES_______________ ' PUPIL TRANSPORT SERVICES ' PURCHASING SERVICES_________ ' SAFETY \u0026amp; SECURITY SERVICES ' PLANNING \u0026amp; EVAL SERVICES ' COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES ' HUMAN RESOURCES SERVICES ' LABOR RELATIONS______________ ' DATA PROCESSING SERVICES  INDEBTEDNESS_________________ ' CONTINGENCIES________________ ' FAMILY LIFE/NEW FUTURES TOTAL ________ Budget 94-96 233,992.00 3,160,053.09 18,985,179.56 9,273,594.63 8,395,188.73 166,457.85 6,558,677.51 4,930,172.15 790,194.57 591,353.64 1,230,868.19 3,090,710.95 841,095.06 1,910,391.39 2,273,321.76 1,009,265.44 334,675.03 1,405,884.22 1,801,273.31 9,787,229.05 7,354,396.24 1,540,494.68 830,592.70 343,221.38 156,392.33 2,954,841.75 103,384.29 875,875.49 8,304,475.00 __________0.00 430,400.00 99,663.661.99 PTE'S 0.00 89.00 653.14 287.20 244.20 0.00 151.50 106.20 23.00 13.80 32.80 67.60 27.10 55.00 70.50 0.00 5.00 3.00 12.00 245.63 346.80 16.00 0.00 7.00 4.00 10.00 2.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 YTD Expense 232,430.07 3,132,129.32 20,257,346.76 9,182,825.04 8,857,545.98 203,149.18 6,629,103.58 4,726,337.08 811,821.58 626,997.76 1,162,214.51 2,763,943.33 726,928.54 1,921,331.54 2,125,994.75 788,318.21 321,496.57 1,257,718.99 1,813,499.23 9,253,780.83 6,314,273.43 1,861,518.92 1,328,984.63 313,918.62 157,173.35 3,247,127.85 99,945.30 885,325.62 8,199,614.56 ___________0.00 430,400.00 99,633,195.13 tat Quarter _______374.09 372,250.21 3,111,344.22 1,391,997.19 1,334,045.62 85,811.76 642,886.96 942,972.54 122,829.00 97,832.95 143,592.75 458,418.49 89,253.85 366,222.44 386,959.34 125,694.91 148,421.91 73,043.84 644,934.47 2,019,809.40 873,991.89 762,486.70 445,064.23 71,634.05 36,393.18 480,013.09 28,288.97 179,033.47 1,419,610.48 __________0.00 3,464.67 16,6SS,S76.67 2nd Quarter 77,445.47 655,064.38 4,272,928.70 1,952,941.54 1,880,842.21 37,812.41 1,421,680.65 1,016,148.08 166,018.36 160,673.41 231,433.31 608,890.29 159,044.37 449,839.15 418,230.69 39,808.19 43,779.21 450,414.41 727,100.94 2,392,553.47 1,651,201.39 261,113.13 39,283.72 58,045.64 30,307.16 565,054.26 21,382.06 218,353.59 5,174,298.74 0.00 144,368.47 25,328,067.40 Srd Quarter 62,902.28 942,322.71 5,871,179.45 2,760,617.09 2,622,791.87 59,749.05 1,942,321.67 1,400,279.91 227,058.14 208,830.88 328,957.36 823,503.54 210,317.80 523,689.65 726,027.55 102,248.02 95,707.49 90,285.57 163,058.44 2,720,738.54 2,005,350.09 365,421.74 186,314.83 106,219.69 49,753.01 1,726,577.10 28,571.40 274,893.06 987,645.55 0.00 282,566.86 27,895,900.34 4th Quarter 91,708.23 1,162,492.02 7,001,894.39 3,077,269.22 3,019,866.28 19,775.96 2,622,214.30 1,366,936.55 295,916.08 159,660.52 458,231.09 873,131.01 268,312.52 581,580.30 594,777.17 520,567.09 33,587.96 643,975.17 278,405.38 2,120,679.42 1,783,730.06 472,497.35 658,321.85 78,019.24 40,720.00 475,483.40 21,702.87 213,045.50 618,059.79 0.00 0.00 26,652.560.72 % Budget Spent 99.33% 99.12% 106.70% 99.02% 105.51% 122.04% 101.07% 95.87% 102.74% 106.03% 94.42% 89.43% 86.43% 100.57% 93.52% 78.11% 96.06% 89.46% 100.68% 94.55% 85.86% 120.84% 160.00% 91.46% 100.50% 109.89% 96.67% 101.08% 98.74% 0.00% 100.00% 99.97% 4DEFINmONS AND DATA ELEMENTS The following are definitions of terms and data elements used in the Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for NonDesegregation Programs. Program: A program is an established plan of operation, composed of a group or series of related activities which are carried out to serve a specific area of identified need. Program Description: A program description includes a purpose, scope and content, and participants/beneficiaries related to the respective program. Program Goal: A program goal is a broad guiding statement and should describe the overall aim(s), purpose(s), or ambition(s) of the specific program. Objectives: Program objectives.present explicitly the desired impact the program should have on a problem. They should provide detail to the goals. Strategies: Strategies are the jobs, tasks, efforts, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the objective. Achievements: Achievements are efforts, tasks, evidence, performance, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the strategy. Achievements ate placed in alpha order underneath the relative strategy. Evaluation Criteria: Evaluation criteria ate statements which specify the end product of an objective or strategy, and evaluation criteria establish measurable and observable levels of performance of the product. Page: Each Program Budget Document uses one or two formatted pages. Program Sequence # (Seq.#): The purpose of this sequence number is to establish a reference for placing programs in order within the planning document. Revision Date: This date is the actual date the program document was first documented or last changed. Program Name: To eliminate confusion, an established name for each program has been assigned by the district plaimer. 5DEFTNITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS Page 2 Primary Leader: The Primary Leader is the cabinet-level associate responsible for the management and operation of the respective program. Secondary Leader: The Secondary Leader is the associate who is back-up to the Primary and will function in that capacity in the absence of the Primary (i.e., the Program Manager, the Principal, and/or the Assistant Superintendent). District Goal Support: Each program directly supports at least one district goal. If more than one district goal is relative, then the appropriate district goals have been listed in descending priority order. Beginning Date: This is the actual date a particular strategy began. For consistency, all dates should be printed in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (03/31/04). Completion Date: This is the actual date a particular objective or strategy was completed. For consistency, all dates should be entered in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (04/01/94). If an activity toward a strategy has been started but not completed, a percent of completion (for example, 50%) should be entered in the Completion Date column. Responsibility: This is the name of the individual tasked with ensuring an activity has been accomplished. 6ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT This section provides guiding information about the text of the Desegregation Programs. Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for NonPagination: Pages in the text are program (e.g., 02,5 refers to page 5 of the program with a sequence number of 02). Clusters. Programs related operational functions. have been sorted into broad categories called clusters. Clusters include programs or schools grouped together because of similar and X^nveXT^ managenfent of this report, similar programs have been grouped into three color-coded cluster Cumcubm hor convemence ano g restive cluster of the program by using the \"Table of Contents\" and then refer to the School Operations, School Support. To locate a program, OVllvAzl VUWltlUVllOi uviiuvi program sequence number (Seq If} or page number for facilitating program reference m the report. Organizational Level. The School Operations Cluster employs only four programs fifty schools according to three school organizational leveled programs\nElementary, Junior High, and Senior High. 1. In addition to Athletics, the School Operations Cluster classifies the Organizational Chart. An organizational chart has been included to provide reference information matching designated responsible persons with desegregation and non-desegregation programs. 7CLUSTER BUDGET DOCUMENTS 8Curriculum Cluster  4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program * Kindergarten * Special Education * Vocational Education * Adult Education * Compensatory Education * Gifted and Talented * Curriculum Services \\Program Seq f: 201 Program Name: Four-Year-Okl Program/HIPPY Program Code: Primary Leader: Program DcscripGon: District Goal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENX Secondary Leader: Pit Price Page: 1 Revisioii Date: August 11, 1995 The purpose of the program is to meet the growing needs of dislvantaged smdents and to improve the racial balance at schools dutt are difficult Jo desegr^ate by ^ajly Childhjj^Kuc^pmg^ inn, '-------------children which meet their needs and stimulate learning in all developmental areas - physical, social, emotional, and intellectual. Priority for die Elementary schools. The program provides experiences for young identification of program IIIC piugiaill pVIMM -------------------------- - , J sites will be given to areas that have a very high concentration of low income students and in schools that are difficult to desegregate. Goal fl - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure achievement. Goal f2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal f3 - accept each diversity among soxlents. staff and the community as a resources that are necessary to fully support our in all phases of school activities and operations. (hit III students grow icidemicilly. sociilly ind emotionaUy with emphisis on bisic skills ind icademic enrichment while closing disparities in Il __I ...all ivi ghwasr ilai/ tn /Ittv till nil J , a\\^.lIIJ IIW *eSSIW*l*W*S  / awl w \"ff t t * g_ aL The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they he conununity u I vihied resource upon which our community ind nation cm draw is we prepire for the 21st Century. Goil 4 - Solicit airf secure fin^tal and other schools, including our desegregation plm. Goal *5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to leatinng for all students. Goal 16 - Ensure that equity occurs To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. $233,992.00 $140,721.84 IM Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $374.09 $77,445.47 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $62,902.28 $91,708.23 FTE [ Related Functioo Codes: 201, 1Program Seq f: 201 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Program Code: Program Goal: Flan Reference Page Ntanber LRSD HY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGEl DOCUMbNX Primary Leader: To establish and maintain de.elopmenlally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Objectives 1. Implement early childhood education programs that provide experiences for young children which meet their needs and stimulate learning in al) developmental levels. Page: 2 RevisioD Date: August 11. 1995 Strategies 1.1 Identify sites for program implementations. A. Sites for program implementation have been identified. 1.2 Assisted in recruiting teachers and aides as needed. Secondary Leader: Pat Price I Begimilng Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 08/01/94 06/30/95 A. Assisted in recruiting teachers and aides as needed. 07/0194 08/22/94 201, 2 De[Hity Supt.. Asst. Supt., Supervisor. Principals, Teachere. Instructional Aides Deputy Supt.. Asst. Supt.. Supervisor. Plant Services, Principals Human Resource Dept.. Principals. Asst. Supt., Supervisor 1. (Annual review of assessment data beginning at the end of the kindergarten year of each child participating in the program. EPSF Post Assessments) (Comparisons of die progress of children who did and did not participate in the program.) (Standardize achievement tests will be given to each child at the end of the third grade level. These tests will provide data indicating the success of the Early Childhood Program as an intervention strategy.) 1.1 Sites established for program implementations. 1.2 Employment of teachers and aides for new and open positions.Page: 3 Program Seq 9: 201 RevlsloD Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Four-Ycar-Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Nwnber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 Obtain materials, supplies and equipment for all new programs. A. Obtained materials, supplies, and equipment for all new programs. 1.4 Provide inservice and technical assistance for principals, teachers, and instructional assistants. A. Inservices provided July 18, 1994\nAugust 16, 1994\nAugust 18. 1994\nOctober 12. 13. 15. 20. 25. 1994\nNovember 10, 15. 18. 1994\nFebruary 21 and 22, March 3, 6. 10. 16. 29. 30. 31. 1995\nApril 11. 12. 13, 14. 19. 26 and May 10, 1995 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/18/94 06/30/95 08/22/94 06/30/95 06/06/95 Supervisor. Purchasing Dept. Supervisor, Staff Development 2. At the end of each year in HIPPY, 80% of the children served will exhibit readiness skills for kindergarten. I. To promote the HIPPY program (To compose and mail public service announcements to local radio and television stations channel 14 \u0026amp; 16 and flyers) 2. To select HIPPY aides (Interview and select aides\ninitial training of aides and staff\nto enroll families into the program) 201, 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 Supervisor Staff 1.3 Materials, supplies, and equipment will be in place to meet LRSD curriculum and licensing requirements. 1.4 Agendas and documentation of inservice evaluations. The Early Prevention of School Failure screening instrument will be used for pre \u0026amp; post assessment for die children upon entering kindergarten to provide data diat shows readiness. If students are not proficient in two or more areas, they are identified as not ready. Teacher surveys will be conducted annually to provide information relating to readiness skills.Page: 4 Program Seq f: 201 RevisioD Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Seeondaiy Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. * Flan Reference Page Nmnber Objectives Strategica Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A standardized achievement test will be given to each child at the end of die diird grade as a comparison between the HIPPY students and a control group. 3. Arrange logistics with state for the initial training Comment: This is done through HIPPY State Regional Office (Initial training of aides and staff) 4. Conduct home interview and enroll families into program (To enroll Emilies into the program) 5. To recruit families (Compose and mail correspondence m recruit families \u0026amp; instructional aide trainees) 6. Identify families to be served by each coordinator (To determine service of coordinators) 7. Identify Emilies to be served by each aide (To assign Emilies to be served by each aide) 8. To organize instructional mattriai 9. Conduct three (3) day workshop (To familiarize aides of the HIPPY implementation of LRSD) 10. Obtain material for program (Order material) 11. To orientate enrolled families to die HIPPY program (Conduct orientation meeting) 201, 4 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Supervisor/Coordina tor Staff Supervisor Coordinator Secretary Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor/Cootdi- nator Assignment of families to CoordinatorsPage: 5 Program Seq f: 201 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Four-YearOld Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre*schoot children. Flan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 12. Identify meeting sites of group meetings (Secure meetiitg sites for group meetings: mail out notification of meeting sites) 13. To schedule implementation of HIPPY curriculum (Schedule aides weekly home visits: schedule area group meetings, print flyers, schedule weekly service for aides: schedule aides first teaching with own child. 14. To provide parents with information dui will assist them with their own children (Schedule workshop for parents A aides, mail out A print materials) 15. To evaluate aide trainees mid*point 15th week. (To evaluate each aide trainee) 16. Conduct survey of parents-print materials (To determine program success) 17. Implement second part of HIPPY curriculum. 18. Evaluation of aides 19. (X\u0026gt;tain a site and speaker and schedule a lecture for parents (provide parents with information to be successful with their children) 20. Build the aides and childrens self esteem (Activities) 21. Graduation of HIPPY children and aides reception (Staff will organize) 22. Evaluate aides (Schedule final evaluation of trainees in program) 201, 5 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Coordinator Supervisor/Coordina tor Supervisor/Coordina tor Coordinators Supervisor Supervisor/Coordi* nator Coordinator Supervisor Staff Suff CoordinatorLKSL) HY HKUUKAM BUUUtl UUCUMtNl Program Saq *: 202 Page: 1 Revision Dato: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Kindergarten Program Program Code: Primary Leader SecoTKlary Leader: Pat Price Program Description: In accordance with stats standards the Little Rock School District maintains a ton day kindergarten program that renders an environment which provides a variety of experiences appropriate to the child's developmental stage. Services are provided to these students by certified teachers. District Goal Support: . Implement Integrated educational programs that will ensure that aH students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis oil basic skills and at^der^ic enrWi^nt white doslng _ ... . .. __u .__I___1___I__________________________I iHu Sn/sb Cswhnni RnarH arimnmtration. staff, and students Will demonstrate in the Gaal #1 - Imolement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow acaoemcaiiy. soaairy ano emouonay nn w. - SpLrkies to aXvem^^a2 - maintain a staff that to well-trained and motivated. Goal  - The Little Rock School Board, admintotration, staff, and student, will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each Indhrldual as a valued contributor Io society and view cultural diversity among * Mw-sa-s__I___ \u0026gt; Jtto O.s.llaUa ftnan/sial anrf Athttr rdk\u0026lt;i students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our JI eacn monnuBi as a vaiuau wnuiwuwt iw .....w..., ---------------------------- - w..., communili and nation can draw as wo prepare tor the 21sl Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to tolly support our schools, including our SSI \"n ptan G^.?#5 P^v^e a to and orderly dlmate mat Is conducive to learning tor aH students. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs In all phases of school activrtres and operatkins. Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to aH kindergarten students. Plan References: 1 FY Program Budget: $3,160,053.09 1st Qtr Expertd: $372,250.21 3rd Qtr Expend: $942,322.71 FTE 89.00 YTD Expenditures: $1,969,637.30 2nd Qtr Expend: $655,064.38 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: ] 202, 1LKbU hY ^4-^5 HKUUKAM BUUbtl UUUmvitxW I Page: 2 Program Seq *: 202 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Kindergarten Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all kindergarten students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Implement kindergarten programs In accordance wiffi state standards and dbtrict guidelines. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Asst. Supt., Supervisors. Principals, Teachers 1. Programs will be In place to meet state standards and dbtrict guidelines. 1.1 Assbt in recruiting certified teachers as needed. A. Assbted in recruiting certified teachers as needed. 1.2 Obtain materiab. supplies, and equipment for an new programs. A. Obtained materiab. suppKes. and equipment for all new programs. 1.3 Provide inservica and technical assbtance for teachers. A. Provided inservice and technical assbtant for teachers. 1.4 Ensure proper documentation and evaluation of student progress. A. Pre-EPSF completed. 1.5 Provide inservice and technical assistance for principals, teachers, and instructional assistants. 202, 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 06/30/95 06/06/95 06/30/95 09/02/94 06/30/95 Human Resource Dept., Principab. Asst. Supt., Supervisor Supervbor, Purchasing Dept. Supervisors, Staff Development, Principals Asst. Supt.. Supervisor, Principals Supervisor, Staff Development 1.1 Emptoyment of teachers for new and open positions. 1.2 Materials, supplies, and equipment will be in place to meet L.R.S.D. curriculum and state standards. 1.3 Agendasand documentation of inservice evaluations. Annual reviews of data pre and post EPSF assessments. 1.5 Agendasand documentation of inservice evaluationsPage: 3 Program Seq f: 202 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Kindergarten Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all kindergarten students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies A. Inservices provided July 18. 1994\nAugust 16, 1994\nAugust 18, 1994\nOctobers, 18. 20 1994\nNovembers. 10, 15, 1994\nDecember 1, 1994\nMarch 28. 1995 - Math Mini Course\nApril 6, 18 and May 11 202, 3 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/18/94 05/04/95 .-MiProgram Seq #: 203 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Deacrlptlon: Dbtrtet Goal Support: Program Goal: Flan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Funetkrn Codes: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGEl UOCUMEN1 Punx\u0026gt;se Special education is specially designed instruction, at no cost to parents, to meet die unique Page: 1 Revisloa Date: August 3, 1995 Secondarr Leader\nPatty Kohler needs of students with disabilities. This includes instruction conducted in the classroom, in the home, m hospitals and accordance with each child's Individual Education Program (lEP). A student is hShSdins. and in other sellings\nand instruclion in physical education. Scope and Content Special education services are provided in accordance with each child s Indivulo^Edu^mn Prog^ determined eligible for special education services when a disability is present as defined in die Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) that re^ts m an education services corresponding need for special education services. A full continuum of services is provided which includes multiple opdons for placemenr P.rticipanlsn\u0026gt;enefic^.s have ^n Zdfted as lu7mg disabilities denned by the IDEA. During die 1992-93 school year. 8.13* of the district's population or 2.026 students mceived special educaoon services (Dec. 1. 1992 count). Goal fl - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichmera while closing dispanbes m I. Goal 3 - The Little Rock school Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day Io day behavior that they community and nation can draw as we prepare for the Bcnicvcmcin. WU  Vttiup xm msniMue m aa\u0026gt;a\u0026lt; c~s. \" w. -------------------------------------- - cepi e*ch individu*! is I vilued contributor to society and view culnital diversity .mong students, staff and the commumty as a vahi^ tesoutc upon whKh our conducive to   --------necssaty to hiUy support our schools, inchiding out desegteganon plan. Goal #5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate mat 15 cotiouc.ve lu 21st Century. Goal 44 - Solicit end secure financial and other resources that are learning for aU students. Goal 46 - Ensure that equity occun in all phases of school activities and operations. The goal of die special eduction progiim is to provide *11 eligible students with disabilities ippropriite speci\u0026gt;l eduction *nd related setvics in cch child's lest restrictive environinent. $6,558,677.51 $6,629,163.58 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 1210, 1220. 1230, 1240. 1290. 1292, 2142 $642,886.96 $1,421,680.65 203, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $1,942,321.67 $2,622,214.30 rre 151.50 1Program Seq *: 203 Program Name: Special Education I^i\u0026gt;gram Code: Program Goal: Flan Reference Page Number NA LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUlXJbl DUCUMbNi Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Page: 2 RevlsloD E\u0026gt;ate: Patty Kohler August 3, 1995 The goil of the speciil eduotion program h 10 provide \u0026gt;11 eligible studenu with disibilWe! ipproprale special education and related retvices in each childs least restrictive environment. Objectives Strategies ginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide itinerant instruction IO eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally marxlated review process. 1.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/94 06/30/95 Director. Human Resources. Supervisors 1.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided A. Al) Consulting Teachers hired 07/01/94 09/15/94 1.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students 07/01/94 06/30/95 Direcmr. Teachers. Supervisors 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified A. Materials needs identified 09/01/94 09/15/94 B. Materials ordered, received 11/15/94 12/01/94 C. Materials ordered, received for all speech therapists 02/95 02/95 t.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State arxl Federal Mandates 07/01/94 06/30/95 Supervisors. Examiners. Principals, Teachers 1.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates A. Test materials ordered 09/01/94 09/15/94 B. Monitoring schedule initiated 09/15/94 09/30/94 C. Thirty schools monitored 09/30/94 12/21/94 D. made Remaining schools naonitored and follow up visits 1.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice B. Inservice for new therapist 203, 2 01/04/95 07/01/94 08/16/94 08/26/94 03/15/95 06/30/95 08/16/94 08/26/94 Director, Supervisors 1.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be providedPage: 3 Prograni Seq 9: 203 RevteioQ Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each childs least restrictive environment. Flan Reference Page Ntnuber Objectives Strategics T Begtiinlng Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Training for new staff on procedures/guidelines D. Inservice for ail speech therapists E. Inservice for vision teachers F. Reading/Math Inservice G. Reading/Math Inservice H. Inservice for secondary teachers on annual reviews and transition 09/19/94 10/20/94 12/01/94 01/20/95 02/17/95 01/23/95 09/30/94 10/20/94 12/02/94 01/20/95 02/17/95 03/14/95 2. Provide Resource instruction to eligible students in accordance with each childs lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 2.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students A. Resource, teachers hired B. Additional resource teachers hired 2.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Material needs identified B. Materials ordered for high school teachers 2.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Martdates A. Test materials ordered B. Monitoring schedule initiated C. Thirty schools monitored 203, 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 01/04/95 07/01/94 09/01/94 11/01/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 09/01/94 09/30/94 06/30/95 09/15/94 01/30/95 06/30/95 09/30/94 12/01/94 06/30/95 09/15/94 09/15/94 12/21/94 Director. Human Resources. Supervison Director. Teachen. Supervisors Supervisors. Examiners. Principals. Teachers 2.1 A list of certified teachen will be provided 2.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 2.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance widi applicable law and mandatesPage: 4 Program Seq f: 203 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of (be special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each childs least restnctive environment. Plan Reference Page Nmber Objectives Strategies D. Remaining schools monitored and follow up visits made 2.4 Provide inservice training for teachen as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice B. Inservice for Watson C. Inservice for Central D. Inservice io reading/math E. Inservice for Terry F. Inservice for Henderson Q. Inservice in reading/math H. Inservice for Hall I. Inservice for McDermott J. Inservice for Mabelvale Junior K. Inservice on reading/math L. Reading/Math Inservice M. Reading/Math Inservice N. Inservice for secondary teachers on annual reviews aixl transition Beginning Dote Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 01/04/95 03/15/95 07/01/94 08/16/94 08/19/94 10/14/94 10/15/94 11/01/94 11/02/94 11/18/94 11/14/94 12/05/94 12/07/94 12/16/94 01/20/95 02/17/95 01/23/95 06/30/95 08/16/94 09/08/94 10/14/94 10/15/94 11/01/94 11/02/94 11/18/94 11/14/94 12/05/94 12/07/94 12/16/94 01/20/95 02/17/95 03/14/95 Director, Supervisors 2.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided 3. Provide special class instruction to eligible students in accordance with each childs lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 3.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/94 06/30/95 Director, Human Resources, Supervisors 3.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided A. Special class teachers hired 07/01/94 09/15/94 203, 4Page: 5 Program Seq #: 203 Revision Date: August 3. 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Material needs identified B. Materials ordered as needed 3.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordaix^e with State and Federal Mandates A. Test materials ordered B. C. D. 07/01/94 09/01/94 09/30/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 03/31/95 06/30/95 09/15/94 Monitoring schedule initiated Thirty schools monitored made Remaining schools monitored and follow up visits 3.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure dtat students are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice B. C. D. E. F. 09/15/94 09/30/94 01/04/95 07/01/94 08/16/94 09/30/94 12/21/94 03/15/95 06/30/95 08/16/94 Training for Baseline staff Training for Romine staff Inservice tn reading/math Inservice for Henderson Inservice in reading/nudi 08/19/94 08/29/94 10/15/94 11/02/94 11/18/94 10/20/94 12/21/94 10/15/94 11/02/94 11/18/94 Q. H. Inservice for Mabelvale Junior Inservice in reading/math 203, 5 12/16/94 l2A)7/94 12/16/94 Director, Teachers, Supervisors Supervisors, Examiners, Principals, Teachers Director, Supervisors 3.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 3.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law attd mandates 3.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be providedPage: 6 Program Seq f: 203 Reviskm Date: August 17, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of the special educatxin program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each childs least restncnve environment. Plan Reference Page Nianber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Reading/Math Inservice 01/20/95 01/20/95 J. Reading/Math Inservice 02/17/95 02/17/95 K. Inservice for secondary teachers on annual reviews and transition 01/23/95 03/14/95 4. Provide homebound and hospital instruction to eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP. IO be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 4.1 Identity and employ certified, qualified teachen to deliver services to students A. Homebound ttachen employed 4.2 Identity equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Material needs identified 4.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates A. Test materials ordered B. Monitoring schedule initiated C. Remaining schools monitored and follow up visits made 4.4 Provide inservice training for teachen as needed to ensure that students are serv^ appropriately A. Preschool inservice 07/01/94 08/16/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 09/15/94 01/04/95 07/01/94 08/16/94 06/30/95 09/15/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 09/30/94 03/15/95 06/30/95 08/16/94 5. Provide extended year services to eligible students in accotrlance with State and Federal Maixlates 5.1 identify and employ certified, qualified teachen to deliver services to students 07/01/94 06/30/95 203, 6 Director. Human Resources, Supervison Director, Teachen, Supervison Supervison, Examirten, Principals. Teachen Director. Supervisors Director, Human Resources. Supervison 4.1 A list of certified teachen will be provided 4.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projecu where new materials are used will be identified 4.3 Monitoring reports will iixJicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 4.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided 5.1 A list of certified teachen will be providedPage: 7 Program Seq f: 203 Revision Date: August 3. 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students widi disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each childs least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Nwnber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Teachers, aides, dierapists hired 05/01/95 05/31/95 5.2 Idennfy equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Equipment and materials needs identified 5.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student io accordance with Slate and Federal Mandates A. Review of documentation 5.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Individual visits made with teachers 203, 7 07/01/94 05/31/95 07/01/94 05/01/95 07/01/94 06/19/95 06/30/95 06/23/95 06/30/95 06/14/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Director. Teachers, Supervisors Supervisors, Examiners, Principals. Teachers Directors, Supervisors 5.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 5.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 5.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics wilt be providedProgram Seq f: 204 Program Name : Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Descriptioa: Vocational education is District Goal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: PY Program Budget\nYTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes: LRSD FY 94-95 PKOORAM BUlXihl LMJCUMbNX Secondary Leader: Carol Green designed to provkle a progrmn of learning eaperimKearu^ personal responsibilities. Vocational education also develops abilities, attitudes, and appreciations Pace: 1 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 prepared to pursue addidonal learning opportunities that wUl result in mote produedvrty. Education is vocational when it provides insouction in dm -.by and -^.Jo students. fm cn'Lm oTtbe v^dorjd Skills and atdtudes. O) communiedon. (3) employabili^ 'such a course of study may include related physics. English (applied commumcadons). applied which will add specifically to the students proficiency in a chosen occupation. I. Such a course of study may include Vocational Center. Vocational education instruclion is offered to scope of vocational education. are all students .bo nel. desire and can prom from it. All youtb. reganlless of race, geruler. economic or soeW background, or bandicapping conditions are ir.luded .idrin .be lie enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. (,) implement integrated educa^^ jiZTaS' ^J^irX'rdaZti^X'J^^Z^^^^ secure financial and other resources that are mrsu'p\nt''\n-'\n:iK,\ni7. 'u.ibullri 'our'deseg.egation plan (5, Enmre tbat equity .Kcurs in all phases of school aedvities ml operadon. everchanging society and technological workplace. To pn..kle Ihe opportunity for .11 studeoB to develop wortpl.ee Aills, problem solving .bUides mrd interpersonal skills necessary for success in an $4,930,172.15 $4,726,337.08 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $942,972.54 $1,016,148.08 1321. 1331, 1332, 1333, 1341, 1351, 1352, 1353, 1354, 1362, 1371, 1392, 1360, 1362^j^ 204, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: for ttte 21st century. (4) Solicit and ] $1,400,279.91 $1,366,936.55 I FTE 106.20 I ]LR5U bt 94-93 EKLHjKAM ttuuut:! uuuuiviuixi Page: 2 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Program Seq I: 204 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program Goal: To provide the oppominily for .11 students to develop workplace skills, problem solving .bUities and interpersonal skills necessary for success tn an everchanging society and technological workplace. Flan Reference Page Ninibcr Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1 1. Provide quality instruction to all students enrolled in vocational courses. 1.1 Identify and employed certified teachers to deliver quality learning experiences and skilled training to saidents. A. Identified teachers interviewed for potential job openings in vocational education. B. Courtesy interview given to 2 applicants for a vocational teaching position (E.LT.E.) 1.2 Identify equipment, materials and supplies needed. A. Task Force meeting planned w review Task Force recommendations prior to rewrite. B. Vocational coordinator's meeting held to discuss/review recommendations for cooperative student contracts. C. Business Educabon Task Force meeting. 1.3 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to deliver quality instruction to students. A. Pre school inservice planned and held August 10 and August 17. B. Meeting with vocational coordinators to discuss program changes. C. Six vocational teachen received Applied Math Training along with district math teachers. 204, 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 05/16/95 07/01/94 09/25/94 04/04/95 04/26/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 05/25/95 06/30/95 05/31/95 04/04/95 04/26/95 06/30/95 08/17/94 07/19/94 Director, Assistant Director. Principals. Human Resources Director aixi Teacher Recruiter Director. Assistant Director. Teachers Director. Assistant Director. Staff Development Director 1.1 A list of certified teachers or applicants will be provided. 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed and prioritized 1.3 A listing of inservice dates, topics, and participants will be provided.Page: 3 Program Seq I: 204 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program Goal: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workpiece skills, problem solvir, ebUides ml imerpersonal skills necessary for success in n e.erchangtag society and technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Nionber Objectives Strategka T Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria D. Five vocational teachen attended Workplace Readiness Training (Hall. Parkview, and Central). 07/21/94 07/22/94 E. Career Orientation Teachen inservice training on Tech Prep requirements and declaration forms. 11/19/94 11/19/94 F. Vocational coordinator's inservice held on the School - To - Work taw. 11/04/94 11/04/94 G. 10 teachen (5 vocational and 5 academic) attended advanced training for \"Reading To Learn* as a part of the Tech Prep 2+2 articutation agreement with Pulaski Technical College. 12/01/94 12/02/94 H. 7 vocational teachen and the vocational director attended die American Vocational Association national conference in Daitas. Texas. 12/09/94 12/13/94 1. Vocational Director provided inservice training at Mann Magnet Junior high school for vocational staff. 01/25/95 01/25/95 J. Vocational Director. Assistant Principal and three teachen from J.A. Fair high school attended the Arkansas High Schools That Work Conference in Hot Springs, Arkansas. K. Vocational Director provided inservice training for the Vocatkmal staff at Parkview Magnet high school. 02/08/95 Q1IQ3I95 02/08/95 L. Five E.I.T.E. instructors attended die 3rd Annual E.I.T.E. Conference at the Univenity of Central Arkansas in Conway, Arkansas. 02/16/95 02/17/95 M. AHEA Conference attended by Home Economics Teacher arxl Vocationa] Director. 04/06/95 04/06/95 N. Inservice meeting on Developing Competencies for Business Education Teachen. 04/26/95 04/26/95 204, 3Psge\n4 Program Seq /: 204 Revtslon Date: August 17, 1995 Program Name\nVocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program G\u0026lt;wl: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies O. Support services provided by State Department of Education/Vocational Division program supervisor for Career Orientation teacher identified for remediation. P. Home Economics teachen inserviced on new equipment purchases. Q. Workplace Readiness teachen inservice meeting held at Metropolitan. R. All Home Economics teachen attended specialized equipment training at the Stitching Post S. All Home Ecorunics teachen received technical training on computerized sewing equipment at McClellan Magnet high school. 1.4 Provide an opporwnity for teachen to keep abreast of changing techiulogical needs and training in the workplace. A. Three additional teachers (1-Parkview. 1-Central. 1-Fair) sent to Authorized Training Associate for WordPerfect Corporation in preparation for implementing die Desktop Publishing course. B. Educaton in Industry Tour provided by Pulaski Technical College and attended by several LRSD teachen atxl counselors. Beginning Date 04/27/95 05/10/95 05/24/95 06/08/95 06/09/95 07/01/94 08/02/94 05/12/95 Completion Date 04/27/95 05/10/95 05/24/95 06/08/95 06/09/95 06/30/95 08/12/94 05/12/95 Responsibility Director. Assistant Director Evaluation Criteria 1.4 A list of professional meetings and conferences teachers have attended will be provided. 2. Review, update, or revise course offerings to reflect the needs and trends of the 21st cenniry. 2.1 A vocational task force will be organized fo address issues of die course offerings. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Director. Assistant Director 2.1 Recommendations made by the task force will be identified and completed. A. Three vocational programs recommerxled for elimination due to consistent low enrollment figures. 07/01/94 08/21/94 204, 4Page: 5 Program Seq f: 204 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program Goal: To provide die opponunity for ell sludenB Io develop workpiece skills, problein solving abilities and inleipetsonal skills necessary for success in an evetchanging sity \u0026gt;l technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. Maintain all equipment used in skilled training labs. B. Vocational director correlated efforts with Parkview Magnet principal to develop a business case to add Commercial Art to the curriculum for the 95-96 school- year. C. Commercial Art Course approved by die Little Rock School District Board of Directors for 1995-96 school year. D. Program Improvement Plans written for Computer- Aided Drafting/Coinputer Numerica] Control, Commercial Arts/Conqjuter Graphics and Radio Broadcasting. E. Plans made to implement Applied Math and Workplace Readiness at Metropolitan Area Vocational Center for the 1995-96 school year. 3.1 Identify equipment in need of repair or replacement in the vocational skilled training labs. A. Equipment repaired, cleaned and maintained in preparation for opening of schools. B. Purchase equipment to replace destroyed, stolen, or irreparable equipment in E.l.T.E. Lab at Forest Heights. C. Requests for new equipment, supplies, and materials submitted by teachera. D. Equipment purchased for Keyboarding course at Dunbar Magnet junior high. E. Equipment, supplies and materials purchased for all vocational progranu in LRSD. F. Computers purchased for Desktop Publishing classes at Parkview, Fair and Central high schools. 204, 5 11/01/94 02/23/95 06/01/95 04/01/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/10/94 08/01/94 10/01/94 10/01/94 03/23/95 04/01/95 02/23/95 06/28/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 08/22/94 09/30/94 05/15/95 11/20/94 05/15/95 05/15/95 Director. Assistant Director. Principals, vocational teachers. 3.1 All skilled lab equipment will be idendfied for needed repair and maintenance.Page: 0 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Program Seq 9: 204 Isogram Name: Vocational Education Program Code: . Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program Goal: TO pn..e .. opportunity for sotOen. . doveiop worttpiaco akilis. potHen, aoi.in, .biiidoa . ioutPtao.. a.U,a neceasaty fot auccasa in an e.a.han,ing aociety and ohno,o,.a, wotitpiace. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. Awareness activities to promote vocational education will be made available to alt students. 0. Computen purchased for keyboarding classes at Pulaski Heights. Henderson. Cloverdale and Mabelvale Junior high schools\nand for accounting class at Hall high school. H. Comjwterieed Sewing Machines and Sergers purchased for all junior and senior high home economics programs along with cabinets for the equipment. 4.1 Recruitment activities through advertisement, flyers, videos, and student presentation will be made available to all students. 01/10/95 01/15/95 07/01/94 02/28/95 05/31/95 06/30/95 Vocational teachers. Director, Task Force, and Advisory Conunittees. 4,1 a) Surveys will be conducted to determine how students became aware of vocational education (b) Monitoring of student enrollment will determine the success of the awareness sessions. A. Vocational teachers asked to supply names of former students for \"Success Stories recruitnoenl video. 09/15/94 09/30/94 B. Ad in Arkansas Democrat/Gazettt to publicize classes at Metropolitan Vo-Tech. 08/30/94 09/30/94 C. Revised recruitment video produced and distributed the recruitment team and special needs coordinator for recruitment presentations. 10/01/94 12/01/94 D. Metropolitan Task Force organized to develop strategic public relations campaign. 4.2 Tech Prep committee awareness campaign to inform parents about Tech Prep and its benefits. A. Vocational Director explained/discussed Tech Prep to new LRSD priiKipals. 204, 6 12/09/94 05/10/95 07/01/94 08/09/94 06/30/95 08/11/94 Director. Assistant Director, Tech Prep Coordinator 4.2 List of all awareness sessions and Public Relations Activities will be compiled.Page: 7 Program Seq 9: 204 Revision Date: August 3. 1995 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: SecoDdai7 Leader: Carol Green Program Goal: To provide the opportunity for all smdents to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Vocational Director explained Tech Prep as it relates m Applied Biology/Chemistry at Science Teachers Pre-school inservice. 08/17/94 09/30/94 C. Vocational Director and Janice Hanlon. Tech Prep liaison from the Arkansas Department of Education, vocational/ttchnical division, met with all secondary counselors and priiKipals to review Tech Prep efforts and progress made thus far in the Little Rock secondary schools. 10/05/94 12/07/94 D. Vocational Director and Tech Prep liaison from the ADSE/vocational division presented Tech Prep informational session to parents at Forest Heights junior high school PTSA Open House 03/07/95 03/07/95 E. Vocational Director attended Parent duster meetings to inform parents and smdents about Tech Prep and post secondary opportunities. 04/10/95 04/20/95 F. Chris Ames. Youth Apprenticeship program manager and 2 Commercial Foods students appeared on Channel 7's DayBreak program during the cooking segment. 06/25/95 06/25/95 0. Ford Motor Company Third Year program and its collaborative effort with Metropolitan Area Vocational Center and Pulaski Technical College was official announced by Governor Tucker. 06/29/95 06/29/95 204, 7Program Seq *: 20S Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Prfanary Leader: Program DescrlpUon: District Goal Supfwrt: Program Goal: Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expendlturea: Related Function Codes:143 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT SecoDdar7 Leader: Paulette H. Martin Page: 1 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Adult Education is specially designed instruction at no cost to students to upgrade their educational level and or to help them obtain a high school equivalency (GED) diploma. This includes instnicnon at the Adult Education Center and its satellite programs in businesses, industries, various community and state agencies and churches. Scope and content Adult Educanon services are provided m accor^nce with each student needs and goals. A student is eligible for Adult Education services if he/she Is at least sisteen years of age or older and has been released from regular public school by the supermtendent or his/her desigiwe oijs of age and has withdrawn or dropped out of public school. Pattjcinanlsdieneficiaries Students served in Adult Education are identified as having withdrawn or dropped out of public school. Dunng die 1992-93 school year. 3078 students received Adult Education services. tol fl - Implement integmted educt.on.1 prognura that willl ensure that all swdents grow academically, socially, and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic ennchment whdie closi^ dispatnes m achievement Goal tl - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-ttained and motivated. Goal f3 - Tile Little Rock School Boatd. administration, staff and students will demonstrate m their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to sociely and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nanon can draw as we prepare for the ... . . _______.,t_____________________1. ZVW..I a c  eafln. mnyl zawulmHu riimai* ic miwliicive In Iftarnins fOF ail StUdCtltS. uoal 21st Century. Goal f4  Solicit and secure financial and other resources u UlVdSIlj' MUIUIIU JUlUtllU, Mail UMa UIV *.V******MMJ w a J t JI  that are necessary to ftUl support our schools. Goal f 5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal * 6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The goal of the Adult Education Program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adults, to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma, and to provide computer literacy training. ] $790,194.57 $811,821.58 1410. 1420. 1445. 1490 1st Qtr ExpeiMl: 2nd Qtr Expend: $122,829.00 $166,018.36 205, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $227,058.14 $295,916.08 FTE23.0Program Saq *: 205 Program Name: AduR Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan RefererKe Page Number NA LRSD hY 94-9^ EKUUKAM HULXjbi UULUMfcM Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Paulette H. Martin The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Objectivee 1. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. 2. inform the CommunRy of the services offered by the AduR Education Program 3. Solicit funding to fully support the AduR Education Center Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility August 11. 1995 Evaluation Crtterla 1.1 Identify and employ qualified teachera to deliver services to students A. AH teachers hired 1.2 Identify equipment, materials, and supplies needed in order to deliver servicas to students A. Materials and supplies disseminated 1.3 Provide Inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool Inservice B. Central Arkansas AduR Education Inservice 2.1 Promote the AduR Education Program A. Recruiter distrfeutes posters/brochures to grocery stores, barbar/beauty shops, medical clinics, public heaRh units, churches B. Tapes made and running on local TV and radio stations C. Businesses and Industries Contacted 3.1 SubmR Proposals and secure financial resources for operation of the AduR Education Program 205, 2 07/01/94 08/01/94 07/01/94 06/15/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 09/29/94 07/01/94 08/01/94 08/15/94 08/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/15/94 06n0/95 08/19/94 06/30/95 06/16/94 09/30/94 06/30/95 06/14/95 06/14/95 06/14/95 06/30/95 Director, Human Resources\nDirector, AduR Education Director, Ass't Director. Teachers. examiners Director Director. Ass't Director. RecruRer, teacher Director 1.1 A list of certified teachers win be provided 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies wiH be listed 1.3 Inservice participants, dates and topics will be provided 2.1 Copies of tapes, brochures, and posters will be provided as well as a schedule of places visRed by the recruiter. 3.1 Copies of proposal will be providedPage: 3 Program Seq : 205 Revision Dato: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Paulette H. Martin Program Goal: The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies T Beginning Dato Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A, Family Literacy (Special Project) 08/03/94 08/10/94 B. Workplace 09/06/94 09/16/94 C. D\u0026amp;E 01/09/95 01/11/95 D. Correctional/lnstitutionaltzed 03/15/95 03/28/95 4. Provide Adult Basic Education and General Adult Education to agencies which have a minimum of ten (10) students when reguested. 4.1 Set up AduK Education satelito classes upon request 07/01/94 06/30/95 Director 4.1 List of satellite classes will be provided A. AGC Math Class 09/01/94 10/13/94 B. Community Punishment Center 08/22/94 06/05/95 C. Raytheon Jet 0ir25/9A 06/05/95 0. Oaks Residential Center 08/25/94 06/05/95 E. Union Rescue Mission 09/06/94 06/05/95 F. Lion's World Services for the Blind 08/22/94 06/05/95 G. Metropolitan Vo-Tech 08/22/94 06/05/95 H. Instructional Resource Center (IRC) 08/23/94 06/05/95 I. Pulaski County Jail 06/22/94 06/05/95 J. Our House 11 08/22/94 11/03/94 K. Pinnacle House 06/23/94 06/05/95 L. Forensic Unit. State Hospital 09/29/94 06/05/95 M. Unit 4, State Hospital 08/22/94 06/05/95 N. United Cerebral Patsy Skin Center 06/22/94 06/05/95 205, 3Page: 4 Program Seq *: 205 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Primary Leader: SecoTKlary Leader: Paulette H. Martin Program Goal: The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Plan RefererKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria O. Watershed II 08/22/94 06/05/95 P. Crystal HiN Baptist Church 09/12/94 06/05/95 Q. Tomberfin Church of Christ 09/08/94 06/05/95 R. McClellan Community School 10/04/94 03\\16\\95 S. Salvation Army 11/14/94 06/05/95 T. Family Literacy 10/13.94 06/05/95 U. Parris Towers 10/26/94 06/05/95 V. Windsor Door 01/17/95 03/09/95 W. Computer Literacy 07-25*94 06/05/95 5. Evaluate the cost Effectiveness of using local Community Resources, such as the Parent Learning Center, as a means for providing education opportunities for parents. 6. Provide Computer Lkeracy courses to students and to agencies, businesses, and industries which have a minimum of ten (10) students, when requested. 5.1 Compare the cost of setting up an AduK Education Center and the cost of using local Community Resources of provide education servicess to parents. A. B. C. 12A)9/93 02/28/94 Director 5.1 Copy of the cost comparison will be available for review. Administrative costs Instructional costs Maintenance and Operation (rent, utilities, custodial services etc.,) D. Other support services (equipment, computer software, office supplies/postage. telephone and graduation expenses, etc.) 6.1 Set up Computer Literacy courses at businesses and industries on request. A. Adult Education Center 205, 4 12/09/93 12/09/93 12/09/93 12A39/93 09/06/94 09/06/94 02/28/94 02/28/94 02/28/94 02/28/94 06/30/95 06/05/95 Director 6.1 A list of Computer Literacy Classes will be provided.Page: 5 Program Seq *: 205 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Paulette H. Martin Program Goal: The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults in obtaining their, high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Plan Referer\u0026gt;ce Page Number Objectives 7. Provide a Computerized English As a Second Language (ESL) course for foreign\u0026gt;bom student and Computer-Asststed Instruction (CAI) for aR students. B. C. D. E. Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Arkansas Electric Cooperative Corp. COPE State Hospital Raytheon Jet 7.1 Set up Computerized ESL courses for foreign- bom students and CAI for all students. A. Adult Education Center 205, 5 03/14/95 04/18/95 02/13/95 07/25/94 08/22/94 08/22/94 04/13/95 06/05/95 06/05/95 10/04/94 05/31/95 05/31/95 Director 7.1 A schedule of courses will be provided.LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 9: 206 Page: 1 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/Glasgow/Parker Program Description: Compensatory Education funded programs are designed tt\u0026gt; improve the quality of LRSDs academic programs. Activities include supplemental instruction for students, resource materials, inservice education for teachers, and support for parental involvement. District Goal Support: (1) Implement integrand educational programs that will ensure dutt all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. (2) Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Program Goal: Disparity reduction - to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning for all students in die mainstream setting. Plan References: I I FY Program Budget: I YTD Expenditures: Expenditures: $591,353.64 $626,997.76 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $97,832.95 $160,673.41 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $208,830.88 $159,660.52 I FTE 13.80 I [ Rebted Fimctlon Codes: 1560, 1570, 1595 ] 206, 1Program Seq f: 206 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET EXKUMENT Primary Leader: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Objectives 1. To use an integrated shared reading/writing approach of instruction to promote student independence as readers, writers, and learners, (fourteen schools, K-3) 2. To improve students abilities m analyze, explain, and summarize materials from books and tapes utilizing the reading styles approach, (two schools) Page: 2 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Strategies 1.1 Purchase and distribute materials and supplies U\u0026gt; schools. 1.2 Provide additional time for instruction using the Shared Reading/Writing Approach through thematic units utilizing these materials. 1.3 Provide whole group instructioo for all K-1 students and additional small group and individual instruedoD as needed, 1.4 Provide second and diird grade students with instruclion using the Shared Reading/Writing Approach. 1,5 Provide participating teachers aitd administrators with a minimum of nine hours staff development. 1.6 Provide summer scholarships to train the trainers. 206, 2 Secondary Leader: Adams/Glasgow/Parker Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Principals and Teachers Director of Reading and IRC Reading Specialists Principals. First Grade Teachers, and Reading Specialists Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals. Classroom Teachers, and Reading Specialists Director of Reading and Rigby Consultants Director of Reading and Rigby Consultants 1. Student profiles on LRSD Language Arts Curriculum will be used Io assess student achievement. 1.1 Documentation of purchase orders. 1.2 The number of developed thematic units will comprise the evaluation. 1,3 Record of classroom observation and schedules. 1,4 Schedules and list of students. 1.5 List of participants with evaluations. 1.6 List of trainers. 2. The evaluation criteria includes die recognition of the sound of letters in isolation and in words, and in how to blend sounds together.Page: 3 Program Seq f: 206 Revision Date\nAugust 3, 1995 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/Glasgow/Parker Program Goal: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Plan Reference Page Niraber Objectives Strategies 2.1 Diagnose studentsreading styles in four areas: tactic, visual, kinesthetic, auditory. 2.2 Structure students' work around identified reading styles. 2.3 Actively involve students in learning activities. 2.4 Send home appropriate books and corresporxling tape recordings for the reading styles of targeted students. Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/03/95 06/30/95 Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals arxl Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers 2.1 The number of Reading Styles Inventories completed. 2.2 Snidents Individual Learning Plan. 2.3 Students Individual Learning Plan. 2.4 The number of purchases and record of usage. 3. To improve students' vocabulary and comprehetisioo skills through phonics related reading, (one school) 3. The criteria consists of: a) reference data in reading\nb) amount of peer tutoring\nc) number of discipline problems\nd) parental communication\ne) number of identified reading styles. 4. To promote conuminications between home and school. 3.1 Use the Direct Instniction Program in phonics to teach smdents. 3.2 Provide target students with presentation books, story books, homework, and materials. 4.1 Inform parents regarding instructional approaches. 4.2 Conduct conferences with parents on student progress. 206, 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Teachers Principals and Teachers 3.1 Activities contained in the daily lesson plan will comprise the evaluation. 3.2 Record of books students read annually. 4. Record of take-home materials. 4.1 Documentation of communications. 4.2 Documentation of conferetKes. Page: 4 Program Seq f: 206 RevtsloD Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/Glasgow/Parker Program Goal: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Plan Reference Page Nianber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.3 Provide take-home books and materials for parents. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Principals and Teachers 4.3 Record of serxl-home materials. 5. To reduce education deficit in reading of target students tn grades nine through twelve by reinforcing dK regular education program with Language Arts Phis. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Language Arts Supervisor 5. Criteria consists of Pre and Post Norm Referenced data in Reading/Language Arts for participating shidents. 5.1 Reduce language arts/math plus class size and add an enrichment class to the schedule. 07/01/94 06/30/95 PriiKipal 5.1 Class size at each school site and schedules will comprise the evaluation. A. Student class schedules refuted. 07/01/94 09/30/94 B. Math Phis classes - regular, Pre-Algebra, Algebra al 7 junior high schools and 3 senior high schools 5.2 Provide tutorial and remedial learning experience in the enrichment class. A. Classroom instruction. 5.3 Employ a variety of instructional strategies which permit teachen to clarify, enhance or remediate in the academic setting. 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 VJ/Ol/94 08/22/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06130195 Principal/ Classroom Teacher Principals and Language Arts Teachers 5.2 The number of students, hitor and schedule of session will comprise the evaluation. 5.3 Daily lesson plans will comprise the evaluation. 6. To prevent school failure and dropout with additional assistance from oitors in reading and mathematics. 07/01/94 06/30195 A. Inservice -Pre-School Secondary English and Language Arts Plus 08/16/94 09/01/94 -Pre-School Secondary Math Plus 08/16/94 09/01/94 206, 4Program Seq *: 206 Page: 5 Program Name: Compensatory Education RerisioD Date: August 3, 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Goal: To assist low achieving students m make accelerated Secondary Leader: Adams/Glasgow/Parker progress and catch up. Plan Reference Page Ntanber Objectives Strategies Beginniiig Date Cmnpletion Date ResponsibUity Evaluation Criteria -Record Keeping - Secondary Academic Support -Math Ptus/Language Arts Plus -New textbook inservice B. Technical Assistance to classroom teachers (162) 6.1 The Little Rock School District will purchase the following tutoring services from the Cornerstone Project: A) Ten certified tumrs who has special training in working with remedial studenu: B) Tuton will work with students through one-on-one situation or in groups not to exceed four students\nC) Students will receive one hour of instruction in reading and one hour in mathematics\nD) Review individual student performance with parents\nE) ComerStone Project's Parent Action Committee will provide a forum for coiTununication among parents, tutors and staff\nF) Parent education seminars will be offered for parents awareness\nG) The service will be Monday through Thursday for nine months or 180 days. A. Technical assistance to program facilitator-on site (3). B. Compensatory Education Annual Evaluation 206, 5 09/01/94 09/27/94 10/01/94 10/01/94 07/01/94 10/01/94 05/15/95 09/01/94 12/21/94 12/21/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 10/21/95 06/30/95 Director of Federal Programs 6.1 Students' progress will be monitored by receiving school report, quarterly grade reports, contact with school counselors, and progress widi tutoring materials.LK^U H ^4-^3 rnuUKniVt puuun i Program Seq f: 207 Page: 1 Revfsion Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Gifted Programs Program Code: Primary Leader: I Secondary Leader: Mable Etonaldsoo Program Deacrlptlon: and indirect services arc provided for The Little Rock School Districfl Oifted Piogiem offen to tB snidenB through \u0026gt; dejign thit cotBisB of ohKninon ^ttnch^nt for .11 _____ AppLd Standaid! The Standards provide the fiamewoik grodcs }-6 1 special classes for snideoB io glides 7-12 The program operates tn compliance with the Arkansas Depan of Educaoon s Gifted ^ f.ciliBmral who have completed or who ate pursuing graduate for establishing equitable criteria for the identification of gifted and talented students. Services are provided Io these students by teachera (specialists and facditatora) mp credit in gifted education. District Goal Support: God fl  Implemcnl inlegrated educational programs dial will ensure that all students grow acadenucally. socidly and em^^ly with i Oieb day ^day^havior that achievement. God  2 - Develop md maintain a sBff that is weU-trained and motivated. God g 3 - The LMe Rock School Board, adnumsnation, staff, tiX draw as we prepare for they accept each individud as a valued contributor Io society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the coi^mhr as a vdu^ lesoutw uin proviXTrafe and olderly climate that is - ----------  financial and other resources that arc necessary to fully support out schools, includmg our desegregatron plan. God # 3 - Provide a sale ano oroeny ciirrw the 21$t Century. Goal f 4 - Solicit and secure----------- . , conductive to learning for all students. Goal # 6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: To provide appropriate instiuctiona] services to all ideMified students. Plan Referencea: PY Progr Budget: $1,230,868.19 lat Qtr Expend: $143,592.75 3rd Qtr Expend: $328,957.36 FTE 32.80 YTD Expenditures: $1,162,214.51 Znd Qtr Expend\n$231,433.31 4tli Qtr Expend: $458,231.09 Related Function Codes: 207. 1LKbU M EKUUKAlVi OLlUUlil UUCUMUni Page: 2 Program Seq *: 207 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Gifted Programs Program Code: Primary Leader\nSecondary Leader\nMable Donaldson Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all identified gifted students. Plan Referertce Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Crtterfa 1. Provide resource room and towlirect instructional services to identified students according to district and state curriculum guidelines 1.1 Identify certified teacher(s) (specialists) to provide needed services at each school. A. Specialist positions fined at all schools. 1.2 Aid schools in providing materials, supplies, external laboratory experiences and participation in local, state and national activities. A. Invoices and requests received from schools. 1.3 Ensure proper documentation and evaluation of student-records (placement) according to district and state guidelines. A. Monitoring of school records scheduled. 1.4 Provide inservice training for teachers (specialists) to ensure that students are receiving appropriate instructional services. A. Pre-school hservices held for facilitators and specialists. 207, 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/16/94 07/01/94 08/16/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 01/04/95 06/30/95 06/01/95 06/30/95 06/06/95 06/30/95 06/16/94 G/T Supervisor, Coordinator, Teachers Supervisor, Coordinator, Human Resources Dept. Supervisor, Coordinator, Principals Supervisor, Coordinator, Principals, Specialists Supervisor, Coordinator, Staff Development, Curriculum Supervisors List of certified teachers serving each school. Invoices, copies of requests and memberships and/or participation in various activities. Copies of nrK\u0026gt;nitoring report and school visitation logs Agendas, participation roster, inservice. evaluationsPage: 3 Program Seq *: 207 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Gifted Programs Program Coda: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Mable Donaldson Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all identified gifted students. Plan Reference Page Number Ob|ectivea Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Monthly G/T Council meetings held for G/T tecilitators. C. Tri-District Curriculum Inservice held for G/T specialists. 0. Junior Great Books Workshop held. E. Polaroid Workshop held. F. Quiz Bowl workshop G. Using Literature In tire Social Studies Inservice held. H. Story Pyramids - Mini Session - IRC Open House I. G/T Cuniculum Inservice J. Portfolio Assessment II Workshop 09/27/94 09/16/94 10/03/94 10/25/94 10/27/94 11/03/94 12/01/94 12/15/94 01/26/95 K. G/T Classroom Management Inservice 04/25/95 L. G/T Identification Workshop 05/02/95 05/01/95 09/16/94 10/04/94 10/25/94 10/27/94 11/03/94 12/01/94 12/15/94 01/26/95 04/25/95 05/02/95 207 . 3LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq *: 208 Page: 1 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Description: The Little Rock School Distrlcfs Olviaion of Curriculum Servicos seeks to Improve curriculum design and delivery K-12 that is consistent with state guidelines and national recommendations. This division works to ensure alignmenl between the written, taught, and tested curriculum as determined by student assessment Finally, efforts are made to ensure that Instructional delivery is based on sound teaching principles and grounded in educational research. To accxjmpiish these ends, this division strives to Identify, develop, and provide educational resources, staff development, and technical assistance Io the schools. District Goal Support: Program Goal: Goal 1 - Implomenl IntegratoO educational programa that win ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichmenl while closing disparities kt achievoment Goal n  Develop and maintain a stall that is well-tralnod and mohvated Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, stall, and students will demonstrate In their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued conIrSiutor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as wo prepare for the 21st Century. Goal M - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools. Including our desegregation plan. Goal #5 - Provide a sale and orrlerty dknato that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and cooidinalo Improved curriculum design and delivoiy as well as to ensure curricular artieulation and coordination K-12. Plan References: 1 FY Program Budget: $1,910,391.39 1st Qtr Expend: $366,222.44 3rd Qtr Expend: $523,689.65 FTE 55 YTD Expenditures: $1,921,331.54 2nd Qtr Expend: $449,839.15 4th Qtr Expend: $581,580.30 Related Function Codes: 1190. 1193, 2211, 2212. 2490, 3800, 4900, 2219 I 208, 1Program Seq *: 208 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services LRSD FY 94-95 RHUUKAM BUDbhl UUCUMbNI Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan RefererKe Page Number ObjecUvea Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Develop a coordinated and articulated curriculum that is comprehensive and demonstrates congruence between what Is written, taught, and tested. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals 1.0 Revised curriculum te in place that responds to the recommendations of the curriculum audit. Comprehensive review process is in place. 1.1 Development of curriculum guides through the assistance of district-wide committees 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Certified Teachers, Principals 1.1 Curriculum guides are in place and are aligned with District objectives A. Mathematics curricuium guide was revised by a district committee to reflect the State Mathematics Framework. 07/01/94 08/15/94 B. Revised language arts curriculum was complefed, edited, and printed. 07/01/94 08/01/94 C. Revised foreign language curriculum was completed, edited, and printed. 07/01/94 08/01/94 D. Science curriculum committees have been working to revise the science cunlculum guides. 01/04/95 06/09/35 1.2 Provide inservice training for teachers to assist in effective delivery of the curriculum 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals 1.2 Documentation of inservice activities are available 1.2 Test scores will demonstrate improvement A. AN teachers K-12 were given training In the use of the revised mathematics curriculum guide. 07/01/94 09/01/94 208, 2Program Seq *: 208 Page: 3 Program Name\nCurriculum Services Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Goal: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Eisenhower staff development specialists in science provided training for individual teachers and groups of teachers at greatest need schools regarding strategies and techniques for delivery of the science curriculum. 07/01/94 06/07/95 C. Elementary Chapter 1 mathematics specialists partic^ated b an inservice on the Chapter 1 Program. 07/01/94 09/01/94 0. Secondary Compensatory Education mathematics teacher participated In an Inservice on teaching strategies and documentation required for Comp. Ed. 07/01/94 09/29/94 E. Preschool inservice was held for all special education staff. 08/16/94 08/16/94 F. Preschool inservice was held for library media specialists. 08/12/94 08/16/94 Q. Inservice was provided in Social Studies, teaching strategies to all secondary social studies teachers at preschool conference during monthly council meetings. 08/16/94 05/02/95 H. Inservice training was provided for Kindergarten and E.C.E. teachers and hstructional aides. 08/15/94 06/06/95 I. Harcourt Brace inservice was provided for elementary prindpais in order that they may assist teachers with the new basal series. 08/03/94 08/03/94 J. Elementary language arts curriculum training was provided during preschool inservice week. 06/15/94 08/16/94 K. Secondary EngHsh/Reading/Leaming Foundations new teacher training was provided. 08/16/94 08/16/94 208, 3Page: 4 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K*12. T Plan RefererKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L. Elementary reading teacher inservice providing information for new basal was held. M. Elementary language arts/reading training was provided. N. Pre-school inservice provided to GZT specialist and facilitators. 0. Tri-District inservice held for GZT specialists - North Little Rock west campus. P. Inservice was provided to aU elementary special education resource teachers. Q. Technical assistance provided In Social Studies to individual staff members at Chicot, Mitchell, Franklin, Romine, Dunbar, Bale, Central High, Southwest Jr., Parkview High, and Mabelvale Jr. R. Three early release inservices held in math and science for elementary and secondary schools. S. A cluster of first grade teachers participated in a mathematics inservice conducted by the Chapter 1 Math Traveling Specialists. T. Elementary Science Textbook committee attended textbook caravan sponsored by science textbook publishers. U. Junior Great Books training provided to aU interested teachers. V. Polaroid Workshop held for all interested elementary and junior high teachers. 208. 4 08/31/94 09/19/94 08/16/94 09/16/94 10/16/94 10/10/94 10/01/94 12/06/94 10/27/94 10/03/94 10/25/94 08/31/94 09/20/94 08/16/94 09/16/94 12/16/94 05/30/95 05/10/95 12/06/94 10/27/94 10/04/94 10/25/94Page: 5 Program Seq : 206 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as weH as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria W. School wide Quiz Bowl Workshop held for schools interested In this activity. X. Mini-inservice session at IRC on \"Using Literature in the Social Studies\". Y. Integrating Science and Literacy K-8 Solving Problems In Sdence and Technology Seminar - UALR. Z. Math and Science inservice for Secondary G/T Facilitators. AA. G/T Portfolio and Cuniculum Development Inservice. AB. Chapter 1 Matti Specialist attended an inservice on effective teaching methods. AC. First grade dusters of teachers attended two inservice sessions on effective teaching strategies in mathematics for first grade students. AO. Secondary science textbooks committee members attended inservice sessions on books being considered for adoptions. AE. Reading/math Inservice for spedal education teachers: Elementary - January 20 and February 17\nSecondary - January 23 and March 14 AF. Portfolio II and Science Center Inservice for G/T Specialists. AO. Writing Across the Curriculum Workshop - Southwest Junior High AH. G/t Classroom Management Inservice for identified G/T Specialists. 208, 5 10/27/94 11/03/94 10/13/94 11/29/94 12/15/94 02/09/95 01/04/95 01/31/95 01/20/95 01/26/95 01/25/95 04/25/95 10/27/94 11/03/94 10/13/94 11/29/94 12/15/94 02/09/95 03/31/95 02/21/95 03/14/95 01/26/95 01/25/95 04/25/95Pago: 6 Program Seq *: 206 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: CurricuKim Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Referertce Page Number Ob^ctives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Al. Science model project session held for G/T taciMtators. AJ. G/T Identification Inservica held for aH G/T Specialists. AK. Potydron training was provided for elementary and secondary math teachers. AL. K-2 teachers attended Scholastic \"Science Place\" workshop on new science textbook. AM. 3-6 teachers attended Harcourt Brace \"Science Anytime\" workshops on new science textbook. AN. 7-9 teachers attended Glencoe Science workshop on new science textbook. 1.3 Provide technical assistance as needed for individual school sites and/or Individual teachers A. Technical assistance was provided as needed or requested In all curricular areas by curriculum directors and supervisors. B. Eisenhower staff development specialists In math and science provided technical assistance as requested to schools. C. Chapter 1 mathematics specialists provided technical assistarrce related to the Chapter 1 Program to assigned schools. D. Visits were made to every school by special education staff to provide assistance. 208, 6 04/25/95 04/25/95 05/02/95 06/06/95 05/02/95 05/09/95 05/09/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/22/94 05/02/95 06/07/95 05/03/95 05/10/95 05/09/95 06/30/95 06/07/95 06/07/95 06/07/95 09/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 1.3 Weekly visitation logs reflect visits for technical assistance 1.3 Test scores win demonstrate improvementPafle: 7 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulalion and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria E. Great Expectation training was held for staffs of Rightsell and Mitchell Incentive Schools. 08/30/94 09/01/94 F. EPSF Workshop was held. 08/16/94 08/16/94 G. Phonics Workshop was held. 08/21/94 08/21/94 H. Technical assistance was provided In Social Studies to all new social studies teachers and new/reassigned prindpais. 08/04/94 06/06/95 I. Technical assistance was provided for Individual school sites and/or individual teachers. 07/01/94 06/06/95 J. Language Arts Plus technical assistance was provided for Henderson Jr. High and Hall High. 08/30/94 09/13/94 K. English teacher technical assistance was provided for HaN High. 09/14/94 09/14/94 L. Spanish teacheetechnical assistance was provided for Franklin Incentive School. 09/14/94 09/14/94 M. Approximately thirty-one (31) individual schools and/or teachers were provided assistance through visitations, conferences, or technical assistance by the Reading Department specialists including special demonstrations. 08/17/94 09/30/94 N. Technical assistance was provided to new Hbrarians. 08/12/94 06/06/75 O. Technical assistance was provided by computer specialists and technicians in using Abacus Instrucbonal Management System and in using the Computer Labs. 08/15/94 06/09/75 P. Technical assistance provided by G/T supervisor and coordinator as needed. 08/15/94 06/06/95 208, 7Page: 8 Program Seq : 208 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose o, curriculuni services is to plan, direct, and coordmale improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Q. Earty Childhood Education on-site visits: 108 08/08/94 06/30/95 R. Instructional Technology/Media and Computer Central on-sHe visits: 2,954 08/06/94 06/13/95 S. Math/Science on-sKe visits: 407 08/06/94 06/07/95 T. Reading on-site visits: 557 08/08/94 06/06/95 U. Staff Development Specialists provided testtaking tips and strategies to teachers at the following schools: Badgett. Fair Park, Baseline. Gibbs. Booker, and Woodruff 10/12/94 12/07/94 V. Special Education folders were monitored In 33 schools. 09/15/94 12/21/94 W. Immersion Program workshop was held at Franklin. 11/07/94 11/07/94 X. Engftsh/Foreign Language Department provided technical assistance to visiting Russian teachers and their mentors. 12A)8/94 06/06/95 Y. English/Foreign Language and Social Studies Department provided technical assistance to Central High SchooPs International Studies Program. 12/22/94 12/22/94 Z. English teacher technical assistance was provided at Mabe^aie Jr. and Henderson Jr. 12/12/94 12/16/94 AA. English on-site visits: 50 06/08/94 06/06/95 AB. Monthly Council Meetings: English - 10/17/94. 11/21/94, 02/20/95. 04/17/95, 05/15/95\nForeign Language - 10/20/94. 11/17/94. 01/19/95, 02/16/95, 05/18/95 10/17/94 05/16/95 208, 8Page: 9 Program Seq : 208 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Cunicuhjm Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose o( curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and deliveiy as well as Io ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria AC. Science teacher technical assistance was provided at Pulaski Heights Junior High and McClellan High. AO. Monthly Council Meeting: Science 02/28/95 and 04/25/95\nMath 02/13/95, 04/11/95, 05/09/95 An special education folders monitored and foNow-up visits made on January 4 and March 15. AF. Staff Development Specialists provided testtaking tips and strategies to teachers at the following schools: January 25 - Rightsett, Wakefield. Western Hills. Woodruff, McClellan\nFebruary 8 - Central, McClellan. Parkview, Cloverdale, Forest Park, Washington, Fair Park, Woodruff AG. Monthly G/T Council Meetings held AH. The Social Studies and Gifted Departments provided staff development in using the curriculum the teach SAT-8 critical thinking skills. Al. Monthly Social Studies Meetings Council 09/07/94. 10/04/94. 11/01/94, 02/07/95, 04/04/95, 05/02/95 AJ. Annual reviews conducted on all students with disabilities. 1.4 Assist schools in the selection of appropriate materials and resources for delivering the curriculum effectively to students 208, 9 01/04/95 02/13/95 01/04/95 01/25/95 07/01/95 02/07/95 09/07/94 02/15/95 07/01/94 03/31/95 06/07/96 03/15/95 02/08/95 06/06/95 02/06/95 05/02/95 05/26/95 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 1.4 Materials and resources are in place 1.4 Requisitions for materials are on filePage: 10 Program Seq : 208 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: me purpose ol curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K*12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies A. Schools requesting replacement supplies for science kits were furnished the supplies by the Science Office. B. Equipment and supplies were ordered for K-4. Math Crusade, and Science Crusade participants. C. Visits were made by special education staff to every school to provide assistance. D. Assistance was provided to elementary and secondary teachers and principals In the types of supplemental social studies materials to purchase. E. Materials and resources were ordered and In place for Kindergarten and E.C.E. P. A committee was selected and convened to choose materials and resources for junior high school reading program. G. Materials and resources were identified for Frankbi Spanish program. H. Essential materials ere issued to teachers, principals and support staff where requested. I. Materials were purchased for all high school special education programs. J. New materials, supplies, equipments, and resources were ordered for Chicot Pre-K and Kindergarten teachers. K. English Department provided special materials to Chicot Elementary. L. Elementary and secondary science textbooks recommended to the board for approval. 208, 10 Beginning Date Completion Dats Responslbltlty Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 08/04/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 09/01/94 08/15/94 11/01/94 10/17/94 10/17/94 09/15/94 06/07/95 06/07/95 09/30/94 06/06/95 09/30/94 10/14/94 10/03/94 08/16/94 12/15/94 10/19/94 11/18/94 04/27/95Page: 11 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name\nCurriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of currteulum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies T Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria M. Materials purchased for aH speech therapist 02/01/95 02/01/95 N. Equipment and materials needed for students with disabilities Identified. 05/01/95 06/01/95 1.5 Analyze standardized test results together with Abacus and/or other appropriate data to revise and/or modify curriculum as needed 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals, Teachers 1.5 School improvement plans reflect emphasis on identified areas of need A. Results of standardized tests were used to identify target schools for service by the Elsenhower science specialists. 07/01/94 09/01/94 B. Mathematics curriculum revision used test data and anecdotal data from teachers to suggest modifications to the curriculum. 07/01/94 08/15/94 C. Planning retreat was conducted for reading specialists to Identify and target weak skills areas. 08/24/94 08/25/94 2.0 Identify and secure resources, both material and human, to support the program of studies offered by the District 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Procurement, Principals 2.0 The courses in the program of studies have resources available for full implementation 2.1 Identify and order equipment and supplies needed by schools to implement their instructional program 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Teachers, Principals, Director of Procurement 2.1 Requisitions/purchase orders reflect the equipment and supplies ordered by/for the schools to implement their instructional program 208. 11Page: 12 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Seivices Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The punjoso of curriculum services Is to pion, direct, end coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articuiation and coordination K12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies A. All subject area supervisors and coordinators ordered equipment and supplies as needed by schools. B. Replacement science supplies were provided to schools that made a request. C. K-4 and Math Crusade equipment and supplies were ordered for Crusade participants. 0. Equipment and supplies were identified and ordered for schools to implement their Kindergarten and E.C.E. progress. E. Materials identified and ordered for G/T program. F. Multicultural materials from multlcuttural fair identified and ordered by secondary social studies teachers. O. K-4, Math, and Science Crusade materials were ordered and received for second semester crusade participants. H. Materials ordered for speech therapists. J. Instructional Technology Department provide forty computer covers to Rockefeller. 2.2 Provide direct services to schools through the deployment of curriculum and technical specialists to help implement the schools' instructional program 208, 12 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/01/94 12/01/94 01/04/95 02/01/95 06/01/95 07/01/94 06/07/95 06/07/95 09/30/94 09/30/94 06/01/95 12/22/94 06/07/95 02/01/95 06/01/95 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Curriculum and Technical Specialists, Principals 2.2 Weekly visitation logs document the direct services to schools provided by curriculum and technical specialistsPage: 13 Program Seq f: 208 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivory as well as to ensure curricular articulation arid coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria K Eisenhower staff development specialists In math and science served target schools. B. Supervisory staff made on-site visits for technical assistance to schools. C. Tedinical assistance provided to schools upon request by G/T supervisor and coordinator. 2.3 Maintain a ltorary of audio-visual materials, staff development materials, and other specialized materials for loan to schools A. Math office loaned materials to schools on request. B. Science office loaned microscopes and other supplies to elementary schools on request C. Videotapes were circulated from the Instructional Materials Center as requested by schools. . D. Professional Ltorary Catalog was issued to all employees. E. Materials checked out to schools upon request from G/T office ltorary. F. The professional Staff Development Media Center offers video tapes, books, films, etc. and is available to all LRSD employees. G. Early Childhood Education department loaned materials and equipment to schools upon request. 208, 13 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/12/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 01/09/95 06/07/95 06/07/95 06/06/95 06/30/95 06/07/95 06/07/95 06/06/95 08/12/94 06/07/95 06/30/95 06/06/95 Director of Staff Development. Coordinator of Library Services. Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 2.3 An audio-visual catalog and staff development library catalog will document the matedals available for loan to schools\ncheck-out logs will document the loan of other specialized materials to the schoolsPage: 14 Program Seq : 208 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Curricuium Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and deliveiy as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.4 Interview prospective candidates for teaching positions as weN as other certified and noncertified positions to assure the best qualified applicants are selected for employment A. Candidates were interviewed and a math secretary was employed. B. Curriculum staff members Interviewed prospective teacher candidates In the respective subject areas. C. Family Life Education teacher position was filled with an experienced and qualified individual. 0. Candidates were interviewed for secretary to the Social Studies Department. Candidate was recommended and approved. E. Prospective G/T specialist interviewed and hired to fW vacancies. F. Family' Lite Education teacher candidates were interviewed and an additional teacher was employed. G. Two new special education teachers interviewed and hired. 208, 14 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/24/94 07/25/94 10/01/94 01/04/95 06/30/95 09/01/94 06/30/95 09/01/94 08/29/94 01/23/95 11/01/94 01/15/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Director of Human Resources, Principals 2.4 Appointment books and feedback information will record the applicants who were interviewed by the curriculum supervisorsPage: 15 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K*12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.5 Print District documents ter dissemination to teachers, prmcipals. students, and/or parents A. Parent Home Study Guides were revised, printed and disseminated to the schools. 6. Revised mathematics curriculum guides were printed and distributed to teachers. C. Elementary Itorary media resource guide was printed and disseminated to elementary librarians. D. Curriculum and resource guides provided ter newly assigned teachers and specialist. E. Science Curriculum Guides sent to printer. 2.6 Prepare instructional activities and materials ter teachers and explain/demonstrate their use 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/09/95 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 09/01/94 08/12/94 09/12/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 A. Eisenhower math and science specialists prepared acUvities ter demonstrations lessons and team teaching experiences at target schools. 07/01/94 06/07/95 208, 15 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Administrative Assistant to the Manager of Support Services. Printer at printshop Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, and Specialists at IRC 2.5 Teachers and principals have copies of applicable curriculum guides\nsign-off lists document the distribution of parent home study guides to parents\nstudent/parenl records document that students and parents received \"Rights and Responsibilities Handbook\" 2.6 Monthly IRC Thursday Night Workshops are held to share instructional activities and materials with teachers\ncopies of other activities and materials prepared ter teachers are on file at the IRCPage: 16 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plen, direct, end coordinate improved curriculum design and doHvery as wen as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies B. Bimonthly IRC inservice \"Open Houses were planned and information was mailed to the schoote. \"Open Houses have been held on a bimonthly basis. C. instructional materials for Kindergarten and E.C.E. teachers were prepared and demonstrated durirrg bimonthly work sessions at the IRC. D. G/T program area provided mini-sessions on Story Pyramids and Diorama to all IRC Open House visitors. Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 08/15/94 12/01/94 05/04/95 05/04/95 12/01/94 3.0 Provide technical assistance to principals, teachers, and other personnel to facilitate the effective implementation of District programs 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators 3.0 District programs In the area of curriculum operate smoothly, without undue breakdown of equipment, lack of training of personnel, or lack of information by district personnel 3.1 Assist the schoota through the senrices of roving computer technicians to keep computer labs and equipment up and running 07/01/94 06/09/95 Coordinator of Technology, Computer Technicians, Principals 3.1 Computer labs provide good service and have little \"down\" time A. Computer Technicians served every computer lab to ensure equipment was up and running. 3.2 Assist teachers wih self-identified or principal- identified needs to improve the teaching/leaming process through content specific training as well as training in using various instructional strategies A. Supervisory staff made on-site visits for technical assistance to schools. 208, 16 08/15/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/09/95 06/30/95 06/07/95 Curriculum Directors, Supen/isors and Coordinators, Director of Staff Development. Principals 3.2 Weekly visitation logs and visitation reports document technical assistance provided to teachers .Page: 17 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum servicos Is Io pion, direct, end coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as weH as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Obfectives Strategies B. Assistance provided by coordinator, peer specialtsL and supervisor. C. Staff Development provided the following training: Cloverdale Elementary - Improve Reading\nForest Park - Discipline Management\nChicot  Reading Styles\nBaseline. Central. Cloverdale Jr., Metropolitan - Reading Styles\nBaseline. Badgett. Booker. Fair Park, Gtobs, Jefferson  Test Taking Tips D. Staff Development provided the following training\nSchool Improvement - Bale, Booker, Brady. FubrighL Gtobs, Hall, Metropolitan E. Staff Development provided the following training\nSchool Improverrrent - Brady. Cloverdale. Fubrlght. Fair Park F. Staff Development provided the following training: School Improvement - Dodd. Fair Park. Badgett. Booker, Brady, Cloverdale Elem., Fubright, Garland. Halt, Metropolitan, Cloverdale Jr.. Jefferson. McDermott, Meadowcliff, Ottor Creek. Pulaski Heights 3.3 Help schools identify staff development needs artd plan inservice to address those needs Beginning Date Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 09/21/94 01/25/95 02/07/95 07/01/94 06/06/95 q 10/12/94 01/25/95 02/07/95 0S/10//95 06/30/95 Director of Staff Development. Principals, Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 3.3 The Staff Development Catalog contains training that meets the needs identified in the schools' School Improvement Plan A. 'Rights of Passage inservice scheduled and planned for Franklin Incentive School. B. Portfolio planning assistance was provided for King Magnet. 07/01/94 09/13/94 09/30/94 09/13/94 208, 17Page: 18 Program Seq : 20B Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculunri Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secorfdary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum jervices is to plan, dirsct. and coordinata Improved curriculum design and delivery as wel as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. T Plan Reference Page Number OHectIves Strategies C. Staff Development specialists are assigned to specific schools where they work closely with the principal and the schooPs staff development committee to address inservice needs. D. Rights of Passage\" inservice conducted. E. Portfolio planning assistance was provided for Romine and Baseline. F. Integrated science inservice presented to science teachers at Mann Magnet School. G. Secondary schools provided special education inservice In dusters. H. Elementary and secondary science teachers attended textbook inservice. 3.4 Monitor program implementation through classroom visitations A. On-site visits were made to schools by supervisory staff to monitor classrooms for program implementation. B. Monitoring of G/T program ongoing by supervisor and coordinator. 3.5 Provida information to appropriate school personnel concerning academic events, training opportunities, funding sources, content-related questions, and special programs to enhance the Instructional program 208, 18 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 08/01/94 10/12/94 10/04/94 01/25/95 01/23/95 05/02/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 05/26/95 10/12/94 12A)7/94 01/25/95 03/14/95 05/10/95 06/30/95 06/07/95 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisor and Coordinators Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 3.4 Weekly visitation logs docurrwnt program monitoring 3.5 Memos, council agendas, and other written correspondence containing pertinent information is on file in each curriculum areaPage: 19 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11,1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The pune o( curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinato improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies A. Supervisory staff provided information to teachers and other staff forough council meetings and maH-outs about special events and opportunities. B. Information on academic events opportunities, etc. provided to schools by G/T supervision and coordinator 3.6 Assist schools with special needs students to address the identified needs to improve the learning process A. Chapter 1 and Compensatory Education mathematics programs were set up and implemented to serve identified students with deficits In mathematics. B. Social Studies assessment was conducted for students at Gfobs, Booker, and Dunbar to assist schools with appropriate placement. Carver student added. C. Assistance was provided for special needs students in Kindergarten and E.C.E. programs to assist the learning process. D. G/T supervisor and coordinator provide assistance to schools in providing needed services fo identified gifted students. E. Special education supervisors made ongoing visits to all programs. 208, 19 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 08/11/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 08/22/94 07/25/94 08/16/94 06/07/95 06/01/95 06/30/95 06/07/95 06/02/95 06/06/95 06/06/95 06/06/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals 3.6 Programs to address special needs students are In placePage: 20 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articutetion and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Crtterla 4. Provide staff development experiences for the effective implementation of the curriculum 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 4.0 Inservice programs offered are in response to identified needs district-wide as well as local school sites 4.1 Provide inservice training through district\u0026gt;wide minicoufses, training courses as well as school- based workshops to maximize the delivery of the ojniculum 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 4.1 Catalogue reflects Inservice opportunities 4.1 Computer generated record reflects all inservice topics, dates, participants 4.1 Evaluations are on file /k. Mini-courses were planned and included In the staff development catalog. 07/01/94 06/30/95 B. School-based inservice programs with emphasis on content and methodology were presented. C. Three school-based Inservices provided by Early Childhood Education. Instructional assistants were provided CDA training. 07/01/94 08/08/94 06/06/95 06/06/95 D. Twenty school-based inservices provided by Math/Science. 08/08/94 06/07/95 E. Five school staffs were inserviced by special education supervisors. 09/30/94 12/16/94 F. The revised Language Arts and Math curricutum was implemented in August for aH LRSD employees 06/15/94 08/16/94 G. Staff development in social studies provided to secondary teachers. GZT teachers, and Franklin teachers. 07/01/94 05/02/95 H. Spedal education inservice on transition. 05/10/95 05/10/95 208. 20Page: 21 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivory as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dato ResponsibUity Evaluation Criteria 4.2 Maintain professional materials and supplies that can be accessed by local school sites for identified needs and/or professional development A. Afl curricular areas maintain professional materials and supplies that can be accessed by local school sites. B. Professional materials Incorporated Into G/T office Nbrary. Materials available for check-out. 4.3 Provide technical assistance to individual schools/teachers through demonstration lessons, team-teaching as well as Individual/group planning at the local school A. Eisenhower Staff Development Specialists in science and math conducted demonsbation lessons, team teaching, and small group inservice sessions at the local school level. B. Staff Development provided technical assistance for the following schools: Mabelvale Elementary on 11-14-94, Mitchell on 12-01-94, Rockefeller on 11-30-94, Garland on 11-16-94, and Washington on 11-16-94, Terry on 03-06-95 C. Social Studies Department provided technical assistance to schools with Inservice lesson demonstrations, curriculum planning, and SAT-S test preparation. 208, 21 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 11/14/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/06/95 06/30/95 06/07/95 04/06/95 05/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Specialists Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Specialists 4.2 Record of available materials is on file as well as documentation of materials ffiat have been checked out for local schoote 4.3 Copies of weekly visitation logs as well as staff development plans are availablePage: 22 Program Sag *: 208 Revision Data: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curricutum Sarvicas Program Code: Primary Leader Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal\nThe purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinale improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reforence Page Number Ot^ectlves Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.4 Provide opportunities for teachers to work at the IRC to design and create their own activities 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 4.4 List of available dates and partic^ants is available 5.0 Develop and evaluate programs to meet needs established by the district in the curriculum area A. Bimonthly IRC inservice \"Open Houses\" were planned and a schedule of the \"Open Houses\" was provided to the schools. \"Open Houses\" are held on a bimonthly basis. 4.5 Provide specialists and technicians to assist local schools in die implementation of die Abacus Instructional Management Program A. New Teacher Abacus training 5.1 Plan programs for magnet. interdistricL incentive, and other schools established by the District to incorporate selected themes 208, 22 07/01/94 05/04/95 07/01/94 06/30/95 Staff Development, Computer Central 4.5 Weekly visitation logs document direct services to the schools 4.5 Increased use of the Abacus system 10/26/94 12/06/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Planning Research and Evaluation Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Assistant Superintendents, Principals, Associate Superintendent for Desegregation 5.0 Programs are developed to meet needs established by the District\nthe program budgeting process and \"Fast-track evaluations are used to evaluate new and existing programs 5.1 Schools with special themes have programs in place that infuse the theme throughout the curriculumPage: 23 Program Seq f: 208 Revision Dato: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose o( curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinato improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Dato Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Assistance was provided staff at Henderson Health Sciences Magnet School to develop two new courses: Technical Writing and Scientific Illustration. B. \"Rights of Passage inservice scheduled and planned for Franklin Incentive School. 5.2 Develop District-wide programs to meet the spedal needs of identified populations of students A. Academic Support Program students were identified for mathematics support and the program has begun. B. ESL program was discussed during principals' meeting. C. ESL tutors were hired for 1994-95 school year to serve 117 students in 35 schools. D. ESL tutor inservice was held. E. ESL conference was held. F. Programming for identified gifted students available at aH schools. 0. ESL tutors held monthly meetings. 208, 23 07/01/94 09/06/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/11/94 08/22/94 08/23/94 09/26/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 08/15/94 09/30/94 06/30/95 06/07/95 08/11/94 08/23/94 09/28/94 06/05/95 06/06/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals, Director of Federal Programs 5.2 Student populations with special needs identified by the District In the curriculum area have programs in place to address their needsPage: 24 Program Seq : 208 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Curricutum Services Program Code: Primary Leader Secondary Leader Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery as wen as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectlvea Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.3 Assess the effectiveness of District programs In the curriculum area 5.4 Seek funding for District programs that qualify for\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_718","title":"Report: ''Little Rock School District 1994-95 Fourth Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume II, exhibit 1","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-08-17"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Report: ''Little Rock School District 1994-95 Fourth Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume II, exhibit 1"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/718"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["budgets"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nRECEIVED VOLUME II AUG 2 2 1995 LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT Office of Desegregation Monitoring 1994-95 FOURTH QUARTER STATUS REPORT PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT August 17, 1995 EXHIBIT 1 School Support Cluster  * *  *  * * * * Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Staff Development Library/Media Computerized Transportation Data Processing Safety and Security Minority Teacher Recruitment Educational Equity Monitoring Commitment to Desegregation/Leadership Summer School (Interdistrict) Summer Learning Program - JTPA Facilities Guidance/Counseling Program Leadership Employment PracticesLRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT 1 Program Seq 9: 20 Page: Revision Date: August 1. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: TBA Program Description\nThe Office of Desegregelion is charged widi monitoring the implementation of the Desegregation Plan which includes the apptopriate assignment of students to schools. The capacities of the elementaty area schools are determined in accordance with Arkansas accreditation standards which have the following limits: Grade: Maximum Number of Students Per Class (Average.) Maximum Number of Students in Any Class Kindergarten 20 25 First-Third 23 25 Fourth-Sixth 25 28 The overall recill comDoiilion of die cleroenMiv irel rehool. Md Ihe ace .viilible for recniinnenl ll Ihoie schooh depend upon the number of Mudene who enroll in Incentive md Intcfdistricl Schools The miol racM composition of the Incenlive Schools is eipected to be predominililv blicll. 11 is eipected drat it leesl 600 blech LRSD students will Mend fmeidislnct Schools. District Goal Support: Program Goal: Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan E References: L 139 ] FY Program Budget: $511,645.41 lot Qtr Expend: $108,505.23 3rd Qtr Expend: $140,638.23 FTE 13.0 YTD Expenditures: $473,908.54 2nd Qtr Expend: $106,196.97 4th Qtr Expend: $118,568.11 9 [ Rebtcd Function Codes: 20, 1Program Seq *: 20 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L139 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Objectives Strategies Page: 2 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Secondary Leader: Beglnnirvg Date Completion Date TBA Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (1.0 To implement magnet school assignments) (2.0 To implement interdistrict assignments) school 07/01/94 06/30/95 /Kssoc. Supt. for Desegregation 1.0 /Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment data 1.1 Magnet Schools - The assignment process to (original) magnet schools will not change under this Plan. 1.2 Monitor Student Assignment and enrollment at Magnet Schools. A Student assignments are reviewed on a weekly basis. B. Waiting Rsts are reviewed in order to fill vacancies. 2.1 Interdistrict Schools - LRSD and PCSSD agree to establish interdistrict schools as described in the Interdistrict Desegregation Plan. A. Six interdistrict schools have been established. 20. 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/30/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/05/95 06/05/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 12/21/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation /kssoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 2.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment dataPage: 3 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Ot^ectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (3.0 To implement elementary area school assignments). The total capacitv of the elementary area schools is 9,678. 3.1 Students will be assigned to the elementary area schools by attendance zones. A. Elementary area school students assigned. 3.2 The elementary area school attendance zones are drawn to establish a racial balance at each school of 55 percent black and 45 percent white with a variance of 5 percent. The recruitment of white students to elementary area schools may increase the percentage of white students at these schools, but no school shall have a racial composition of greater that 60 percent white. 3.3 Students presently assigned to elementary area schools will be given the option to remain in these schools (grandfathered). A. Targeted students ware notified of options. 3.4 After grandfathered students have been assigned, students in the attendance zone will be assigned to the elementary area schools. A. Students are assigned and notified of assignments to attendance zone school. 20, 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95  06/30/95 10/18/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 09/20/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 3.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment data 3.1 Enrollment Data 3.3 Student requests to remain in area schools are granted. 3.4 Attendance zone students are assigned based on available seats.Page: 4 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that Is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan r\" Plan Reference Page Number L 139 L 148 Objectives Strategies Beginning Dato Completion Date Responsibitity Evaluation Criteria (4.0 To implement incentive school assignments). The capactty of the Incentive schools Is 2.558. 3.5 If there is no space available at a student's zoned school or if assignment of the student to the school would put the school out of compliance with racial balance requirements, the student will be assigned to the closest school with capacity which meets racial balance requirements. A. Students are reassigned and notified. 3.6 The elementary school zones will provide a feeder pattern for elementary students going to Junior high school students going to high school. 3.7 Students In elementary area school zones will be given the option to select an incentive school. 4.1 Each incentive school will have an attendance zone that encompasses the neighborhood around the school (primary attendance zone). 4.2 Students presently assigned to Incentive schools will be given the option to remain In these schools (grandfethered). 20, 4 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/20/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 3.5 Students are reassigned In accordance wiUi Deseg. Plan. 3.6 A feeder pattern is established for the organizational levels. 3.7 Options were granted in accordance to assignment plan. 4.0 Incentive School Assignments are made in accordance with the Desegregation Plan requirements. 4.1 School zone mapsPage: 5 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that Is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number CO 194 CO 194 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.3 After grandfathered students have been identified and assigned, students in die primary attendance zone wiH be assigned to the incentive schools. A. Students were assigned as space was allowed. 4.4 All incentive school students will have the option to be assigned to an elementary area school to be selected by LRSD in accordance with desegregation considerations. A. Elementary desegregation transfer applications processed. 4.5 In order to assist in meeting the desegregation requirements, a certain number of seats for black and white students will be reserved for each pre-khdergarten and kindergarten class. The seats reserved for white chHdren shall not remain permanently vacant if unfilled. Sufficient time should be allowed for time^. vigorous, and sustained recruitment efforts before filling these seats. A. Seats are reserved until judge releases. B. Assignments are monitored to ensure acceptable racial balance. 4.6 The incentive schools will have a maximum pupil/teacher ratio of 20 to 1. 20, 5 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/05/95 06/30/95 06/05/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 09/20/94 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt.for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 4.3 Enrollment data\nschool zone maps. 4.4 Enrollment data 4.S Reserved seats are available by race for prekindergarten and kindergarten students. Page: 6 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. RusseH Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number CO 194 Objectives Strategies Beginnlrig Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.7 There may be more than 20 students per ciassroom, hovrever, there will be an aide In each class and possible a second teacher in those classes. 07/01/94 06/30/95 4.8 Assign students with sensitivity to the relationship between placement stability and academic progress as well as the need to measure the impact of incentive programs or student achievement 4.9 Student assignment process must be Bie result of carefaHy coordinated decision-making. The incentive school staffs and the LRSD departments responsible for desegregation, student recruitment and assignment, and planning and evaluation must assess the short-and longterm academic and social impact of any anticipated student reassignments. 4.10 The district must be able to demonstrate that the investment has paid the expected dividends for children, if not, changes must be made gutokly before children are tost along with the settlement money. 20, 6 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95Page: 7 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignrrwnt Program Code: 06 Primary Leader Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L 140 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (S.O To implement Desegregation Transfers) 4.11 When making student assignments, keep in mind that there is a relationship between double funding and enroHn\u0026gt;ent figures that represents the greatest return on investment. Tlie distfict is bound to keep Its pledge to doubie fund each incentive school for sk years or as ionq as the school maintains an enrollment above 80% black. District must also keep in mind that the incentive schools educate only a smalt portion of the class that prevailed In the desegregation lawsuit. Ensure that a portion of the Incentive school funding fulfills the plan's commitment that \"the children who are In radaliy-lsotated settings are provided meaningful opportunities for desegregated experiences/activities.\" 5.1 Junior and senior high school students may transfer to another school as long as ttie reassignment allows both the sending and receiving school to comply with the desegregation requirement and a seat is available. The minimum black percentage is 25 percent below ttie districtwide percentage of blacks in grades 7\u0026gt;12. The minimum and maximum black percentages constitute the desegregation requirement (for acceptable range) for a desegregation transfer. The desegregation requirements In secondary schools is that all schools will remain within a range of 12 1/2 percent above to 25 percent below the districtwide percentage of black students at each organizational level (i.e., high school and Junior high school). 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 5.1 Racial composition of student enrollments are within acceptable ranges. 20, 7Page\n8 Program Seq : 20 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L 140 L 140 Objectlvea Strategies 5.2 Elementary students may transfer to an incentive school only if such a transfer enhances desegregation at the incentive school. Desegregation transfers win be granted to elementary area schools that are difficult to desegregate. A. Requests for transfers wore reviewed/approved In accordance with criteria. 5.3 A student may make two desegregation transfers at each organizational level (primary, intermediate, junior or senior high school). The purpose of the second desegregation transfer is to allow a student to return to his or her previous school assignment. A. Requests for desegregation transfers are reviewed to ensure compliance. 5.4 Desegregation transfers wilt be granted during a limited period once each year (Secondary Schools only). 5.5 LRSD will provide transportation for desegregation transfer students where it is cost effecbve to do so. A. Requests for transportation department (Desegregation transfer students assigned to existing bus routes.) (6.0 To implement Staling Transfers) 20. 8 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/20/94 06/30/95 06/05/95 04/07/95 06/30/95 09/20/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 5.2 Transfers reflect an improvement in racial balance. 5.3 Desegregation transfer reports reflect appropriate utilization by students. 5.4 Desegregation transfer reports reflect appropriate use by students. 5.5 Maintain records of number of students transported using desegregation transfers.Page: 9 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. RusseH Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To Implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan RefererKe Page Number L 141 Objectives Strategies 6.1 Sibling transfers do not apply to magnet schools. (NOTE: Stolings are brothers/slsters, or haif-brothers/sisters, residing at the same address with brothers/sisters, or haif-brothers/sisters, who are enrolled In the LRSD.) 6.2 A student entering the LRSD after the 1991- 92 school year will not be allowed to make a sibling preference transfer to a school outside the student's attendance zone. 6.3 Any student who makes a sibling preference transfer before the 1991-92 school year may remain at the school to which the student transferred until graduation to the next organizational level. 6.4 Sibling preference transfers will be granted if a seat is available and the transfer will allow both the sending and receiving schools to comply with the desegregabon requirements. 6.5 Sibling transfer applicants must have a sfoling currently enrolled in LRSD. Sfoling transfers will be granted only to sfolings of grandfathered students. Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation (7 To Implement Transfer of Children of Employees Assignments) 07/01/94 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 20, 9 6.1 Publish/distribute procedures regarding sibling transfers. 6.2 Publish/distribute procedures regarding sibling transfers. 6.3 Student transfers reflect acceptance/ rejection of transfer options. 6.4 Documentation of sibling transfers meet desegregation requirements. 6.5 Sibling transfer requirements are in accordance wifo established requirements.Page: 10 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russen Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implonient a student assignment process that Is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 7.1 LRSD employees may enroll their children al the schools where they work. 7.2 This provision is not intended to authorize interdistrict transfers (transfers to NLRSD or PCSSD) other than those authorized by the court- approved desegregation plan. 7.3 The transfer of the childron of employees is subject to desegregation requirements and the capacity of the particular school. 7.4 LRSD is not obligated to provide transportation. 7.5 This provision does not apply to magnet schools. 7.6 The order of preference for assigning foe children of employees is listed below: 20. 10 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Human Resources Director Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 7.1 Employees children are enrolled in schools requested in accordance with established requirements. 7.2 All interdistrict transfers are court approved. 7.3 Student transfers are consistent with capacities and desegregation requirements. 7.4 Transportation is provided by patrons of employees. 7.6 Documentation of assignments.Page: 11 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan RefererKS Page Number L 141-142 Ot^ectives Strategies Beglnnlrtg Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (8 To implement the Reassignment Process) 7.6.1 First preference: attendance zone students with siblings 7.6.2 Second preference: attendance zone students without siblings 7.6.3 Third preference: children of employees 7.6.4 Fourth preference: desegregation transfers 7.6.5 Fifth preference: M-to-M transfers 7.6.6 Sixth preference: Act 609, Act 624, and legal transfers. A. In compliance 8.1 Every effort will be made to install portable buildings in order to accommodate overflow situations at a particular grade level. Only if a building cannot be installed, the student will be reassigned to the nearest school that has a seat available in the student's feeder zone. If the student cannot be assigned to any of the schools in the student's feeder zone, the student will be reassigned to a school in a contiguous feeder zone. The Student Assignment Office will be responsfole for all reassignments. Reassigned students will be placed on the waiting list for the appropriate attendance zone school. A. Requests for portables are reviewed, alternate assignments are made in compliance with capacity requirements and court mandates. 20, 11 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 09/20/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 09/20/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 8.0 The assignment process Is consistent with the desegregation requirements. 8.1 Portables are installed in accordance with Deseg. Plan Page: 12 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1.1995 Program Name: Program Code: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L 142 Objectives (9 To establish effective and efficient student assignment procedures) Strategies B. Waiting lists are compiled for area schools. 8.2 The minimum black percentage for each elementary area school Is 40 percent black. Any assignment that causes a school to fall below the minimum black percentage will not be granted. In such cases, the student will be reassigned to the nearest school that meets the minimum black percentage requirenent and has a seat available. If the student cannot bo assigned to any of the schools in the student's feeder zone, the student will be assigned to a school in a contiguous feeder zone. A. Alternate assignments are made in compliance with desegregation requirements. 20, 12 Beginning Dato 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 Completion Dato 09/20/94 06/30/95 09/20/94 06/30/95 Responsibility Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Evaluation Criteria 8.2 Rosters reflect student assignment percentages are within acceptable racial balance. 9,0 Assignment procedures are effective and consistent with the desegregation requirements.Page: 13 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russen Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 9.1 The Student Assignment Office will\nmonitor new assignments\nprocess all data entry work for elementary schools (data entry tasks decentralized 1992-9? school year)\nprocess interdistnct M-to-M transfers and magnet assignments\nreassign students because of over-crowdedness or desegregation requlrenwnts\nconsider appeals\nconduct recruitntent efforts (transferred to recruitment program)\nprocess desegregation bansfer, assign all early childhood and incentive school students\nand process all special transfers (Act 609, Act 624, etc.). A. Assignments are reviewed to ensure racial balance. B. Appeals Committee reviews/approves/refects assignment appeals. 9.2 New students to the District who enroH after May 17.1989 will not have to come to the Student Assignment Office to obtain an assignment. Each school will be authorized to enroll students who live within the attendance zone of that school. 20. 13 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/20/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 9.1 The student assignment process will be effective in assigning students and process special transfers to assist with racial balance. A. Enrollment Data B. Roster of committee members Agendas from meetings 9.2 Each area school will have the ability to assign students within their attendance zone. Page\n14 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date\nAugust 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Res po risibility Evaluation Criteria ] (10 To monitor all aspects of the Desegregation Plan) 9.3 The Student Assignment Handbook includes the timeline and procedures used by the schools and the Student Assignment Office to assign students. The Student Assignment Handbook will be revised each year, as necessary, to reflect any changes in the procedures for assigning students. Changes will be made as needed to include new deadlines and to improve the implementation of the court-approved student assignment plan. The handbook will be developed by the Student Assignment Office and distributed to the schools and the parties each year. 10.1 Review Program Budget Documents to Identify potential proffiems. 10.2 Conduct site visits as necessary. A. Site visits conducted 10.3 Develop and implement improvement plans as needed. 20, 14 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt.for Desegregation. Desegregation Facilitator Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator 9.3 Revised Student Assignment Handbook is published and distributed. 10.0 Identiflcation of implementation and effectiveness problems as evidence by the Program Budget Document 10.1 Budget Documents are reviewed and problems are listed. 10.2 Site visits are docuniented. 10.3 Improvement Plans are developed and implemented.Page: 15 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process ^at is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number CO 166 Objectives Strategies t Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.4 Monitor implementation of improvement plans. 10.16 Before the court will consider approving the construction project at J. A. Fair High School, the LRSD must account for the 1,270 square feet difference between the 3,450 square feel of the old space and the 2,160 of new space and specify the exact number of new dassrooms that will result from the construction. 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/30/94 06/30/95 20, 15 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator 10.4 Scheduled observations of Improvement Plans are documented.Program Seq #: 21 Program Name\nStaff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Flan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Page: 1 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 The SBff Development Departmenl was established to promote the implementation of the desegregation plan through activities that will result in improved academic achievement. Inservice opportunities designed to increase the effechveness of cumculum delivery together with training tailored to improve interactions among and across all lines will occur. Additionally, this departmenl will provide support and resources for site-based staff development expenences. integrated educational progranis that will enauie that all students grow academicaUy. socially and emotioiially with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in Goal No. 2. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal No. 3. The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate behavior and human relations skills that value understanding of multicultural diversity. Goal No. 5. Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal No. 6. Ensure that equi^ occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. people as human beings and diat are consistent with an appreciation and The Staff Development Department will provide activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement. In support of the goal of providinK onaoina staff development and information to parents relative to student success. LRSD will pursue the followirut a regular and to keep all staff abreast of developments in their field of erxleavor. lecular basis by the followint Update skills of all on L 126-128 I $352,932.12 1st Qtr Expend: $71,968.88 3rd Qtr Expend: $85,041.69 $305,297.05 2nd Qtr Expend: $77,801.97 4th Qtr Expend: $70,484.51 [ Related Function Codes: 1 21, 1Program Seq 9: 21 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L126 L 126 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Date Page: 2 Revision Dale: August 11. 1995 Marion E. Woods Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To provide staff development Inservke to improve race rehtlons and equity (07/01/94) (06/30/95) (Superintendent. Staff Development, Central Office Staff) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 Continue to articulate vision/mlssion of LRSD to fnmin unity Fall 1988 (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Superintendent (Central Office. Director of Communications) 1.1 1.1 1.1 A. District goals were issued to all departments for the 1994-95 school year. 07/01/94 09/22/94 21, 2 (Increased minority staff representation in areas needed) (Increased representation of minority students in programs currently under-represented) (Administration of Human Relations Survey will reflect improvement in race relations and equity) Public participation Dissemination of material (Increase in number of students returning to public school) (School Districts required Annual Report to Community will include mission/goals for LRSD)Program Seq ti 21 Page: 3 Program Name: Staff Development Reviston Date: August 11. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Goal: To provide staff development to fanix\u0026gt;ve race relations and equity. Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods (To provide saff development ictiviiies thu will promote the implemeotation of the desegregation plan resulting in inqiroved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Ninnber L126 L126 Objectives Strategies I T Beginning Date Completiott Date Respottsibillly Evaluation Criteria 1.2 Schedule and im)demen( workshops and activities related to improving race r^tattony for the following groups: a. Board of Directors b. District Administrators c. Certified Staff d. District Support Staff A. Healing Racism Workshop - City of Little Rock B. Healing Racism Seminar  City of Little Rock 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. The Oneness of Humanity Defining Prejudice and Racism How Racism is Perpetuated Institutionalized Racism Stereotypes and How They Affect Us Unaware Racism Disempowerment of Males*Male Oppression Internalized Oppression Reclaiming Our Heritage Cultural Racism Ally-Building As A Way to Heal Celebration/Where Now? 13 Plan and implement an evening symposium for the community on \"Community Involvement in a Desegregated School Setting\" 1.3 (Item completed in April and August. 1988. and is not recurring) 21, 3 1988-89 School Year (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Deseg. Asst. Center (DAC) and Central Office Staff (Staff Development Departrrwnt. Principals) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Roster of participants (Increased minority staff representation in areas needed) (Increased representation of minority students in programs currently under-represented) (Administration of Human Relations Survey will reflect improvement in race relations and equity) 10/15/94 12/12/94 Fall 19M 10/15/94 06/22/95 FbD 1988 DAC Consuttant 1.3 1.3 Roster of participants (Symposium was held in April and August. 1988)Page: 4 Program Seq 21 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Prtmary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race r\u0026lt; ilty. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of die desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Flan Reference Page Number L126 L126 2. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.4 Monitor fanplementation of above strategies A. Human Relations (bus drivers) B. Human Relations/Classroom Tips (Instructioiud Aides) C. D. E. F. O. H. Improving Race Relations (Garland) Human Divenity (Wakefield) Equity (Baseline) Equity (McDermott) Equity (Central High School) Equiqr (Metropolitan) Provide inservice on cooperative learning strategies in a heterogeneous classroom 21, 4 Fan 1988 (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Assoc Supt for Educational Prog (Superintendent. District Biracial Committee) 1.4 1.4 1.4 Meetings held (Attendance at public meetings) (Districi-wide Biracial Monitoring Report will reflect improvement in minority representation in all areas needed) 08/11/94 08/18/94 08/25/94 09/21/94 09/21/94 09/21/94 12/07/94 12/07/94 (07/01/94) 08/11/94 08/18/94 03/16/95 09/21/94 09/21/94 09/21/94 12/07/94 12/07/94 (06/30/95) (Staff Development Department, Content Area Supervisors) 2.0 2.0 (Increased involvement in group activities in the classroom) (Improved classroom climate and social interactions among all students)Program Seq #: 21 Pige: 5 Program Name: Revisioo Date: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 126 L126 L U6 Staff Development 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods August II, 1995 To provide staff development to improve race retatiom and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Objectives Strategics 2.1 Inservice teachers and administration on cooperative learning based on Slavin and Johnson and Johnson (or other appropriate cooperative learning models) A. B. C. Beginning Date Comfdction Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Cooperative Learning Cooperative Learning Cooperative Learning 2.2 Monitor teachers use of cooperative learning strategies A. Ongoing process by the building Instructional Leader July 1991 (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Staff Dev Dept Content Area Supvs 2.1 2.1 2.1 Training model (Increased involveriKnt in group activities in the classroom) (Improved classroom climate and social interactions among ail students) 10/17/94 11/07/94 03/14/95 (07/01/94) 07/01/94 10/24/94 11/14/94 04/11/95 (06/30/95) 06/05/95 Principal (Staff Development Department, Content Area Supervisors) 2J 2.2 2.2 2.2 Classroom observation and documentation (Random observation of classrooms where teachers have been trained) (Random survey of cooperative learning participants regarding effects of implementation in their classrooms) (Principal will observe cooperative learning strategies during routine classroom visitations) 3.0 Provide inservice on additional strategies to Improve instruction in desegregated school setting (To improve instruction through the use of effective teaching strategies in the school setting) (07/01/94) (06/30/95) (Staff Development, Content Area Supervisors) 3.0 (Increase tn achievement of students of teachers in identified programs) 21, 5Page: 6 Prognun Seq *: 21 Revlsloa Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Flan Reference Page Number L 126 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CompletioD Dale Responsibthty EvaluatioD Criteria 3.1 Provide Inservice opportunities on: a. Effective Schools Model PCT b. Teaching/Leaming Styles c. Teacher Expectations and Student Achievement (TESA) d. Classroom Management e. (and/or other appropriate inservice oppomutities) July 1991 (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Staff Dev Dept (Content Area Supervisors) 3.1 Roster of participants Workshop evaluations 3.1 (Number of participants from a cross-section of district staff involved in Ihe identified progrants) A. Effective Schools Model PET 1. PET Refresher 11/01/94 11/01/94 2. PET Refresher 12/08/94 12/08/94 3. Full cycle of PET 03/16/95 05/25/95 B. Teaching/Leaming Styles 1. Provided Learning Styles for the Alternative School and McClellan High School 2. Learning Styles (Chicol. Southwest, Franklin, Parkview) 3. Learning Styles - Martin L. King, Jr. 4. Learning Styles - Mitchell 5. Learning Styles  Rockefeller aitd Fulbright 09/12/94 10/21/94 02/08/95 03/01/05 04/26/95 09/12/94 12/07/94 02/08/95 03/01/95 04/26/95 C. Teacher Expectations and Student Achievement (TESA) 1. TESAI 11/14/94 03/27/95 2. TESAD 02/13/95 04/10/95 D. Classroom Management 21, 6Program Seq f: 21 Par: 7 Program Name: Saff Development Revision Date: August II. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Goal: To provide itaff develoiaiient to Improve race relations and equity. Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods (To pmvide stair development :tivides that will promole the implementedon of d desegmg.don plan mmiting in improved ecwlemic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Nianber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provided for new teachers 08/11/94 08/11/94 2. Provided for new teachen 09/19/94 09/26/94 3. Provided for new teachen 10/10/94 10/19/94 4. Provided for new teachers 10/17/94 10/24/94 E. (and/or other appropriate inservice opportunities) 1. Secondary Self-Esteem 10/20/94 10/20/94 2. At-Risk 10/24/94 10/24/94 3. At-Risk 11/07/94 11/07/94 5. 6. 7. 8. Cooperative Team Learning Elementary Self-Esteem Thinking Skills National Faculty Cooperative Learning 3.2 Send selected staff to professional development sessions in order to inctease the number of available trainers and in return for a commitment to assist with collegial staff development. A. Great Expectation Training B. COE Training c. Great Expectation Training D. Great Expectation/School Improvement 21. 7 11/07/94 12/05/94 12/08/94 02/27/95 03/14/95 07/01/94 08/30/94 08/23/94 12/07/94 04/14/95 11/14/94 12/05/94 12/08/94 06/30/95 04/11/95 06/30/95 09/01/94 12/07/94 04/14/95 1Pile: 8 Prognun Seq f: 21 Revision Dite: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Prtaiary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Flan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completioo Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L127 L127 4.0 Provide inservice on \"Effective Implementation of the LRSD Disci|dine Management System\" 3.3 Provide district-wide program of staff development A. Printed and distributed Staff Development Catalogue/Caleitdar B. Scheduled workshops and minicourses 4.1 Continue to Involve counselors, principals, assistant principals, and teachers in discipline management in a desegregated school setting A. Schools distributed Students* Rights/Responsibilities Handbook B. Training provided in Students Rights/Responsibilities Handbook C. Provided Positive Discipline workshop for Romine D. Provided Discipline Management workshop for Forest Park 21. 8 07/01/94 09/01/94 08/23/94 (07/01/94) July 1991 (07/01/94) 09/06/94 09/06/94 09/12/94 09/12/94 06-30-94 11/01/94 06/30/95 (06/30/95) Ongoing (06/30/95) 09/30/94 09/30/94 09/12/94 09/12/94 (Director of Pupil Personnel) Director of Pupil Services (Pupil Services Department. Principals. Counselon) 4.0 4.0 4.1 4.1 4.1 A (Decrease in the number of students who receive disciplinary sanctions) (Decrease in die disproportionate number of minority students who receive disciplinary sanctions) Roster of participants (Building Level Discipline Management Plans established for all schools) (Counseling classes will include orienution to the building level plan and district-wide Righu and Responsibilities Handbook)Page: 9 Program Seq f: 21 Revision Dale: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number LI27 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria E. Provided Violence Prevention for Mabelvale Jr. High F. 0. H. 10/13/94 10/13/94 Provided Positive Discipline for Fair High School Provided Discipline workshop for Gibbs Provided Discipline workshop for Carver I. Provided Violence Prevention for Cloverdale Jr. J. Provided Cooperative Discipline for Rightsell K. L. 10/13/94 10/13/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 10/13/94 10/13/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 Provided Conflict Resolution for Rockefeller Cooperative Discipline for Franklin M. Cooperative Discipline for Chicot N. Conflict Resolution 4.2 Monitor use of \u0026lt;Usci{4ine management system A. Schools distributed Students' Rights/Responsibilities Handbook B. Training provided in Students Rights/Responsibilities Handbook C. Provided Positive Discipline workshop for Romine 21, 9 12/07/94 01/25/95 03/01/95 05/10/95 Fan 1988 (07/01/94) 09/06/94 09/06/94 09/12/94 12/07/94 01/25/95 03/01/95 05/10/95 Ongoing (06/30/95) 09/07/94 09/07/94 09/12/94 Prfocipals Counselors School Teams 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 Documentation ((^arterly Behavior Management Reports) (Building level biiacial committee reports will be used to monitor and/or adjust discipline plans) (District-wide Biracial Committee)Pace: 10 Profram Seq 21 Revision Dale: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Stair Development ProcTAio Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race rehtlons and equtty. lo provHie null ucTciuptucu* uu|v'v j j  v * \\ (To provide staff development activities that wUl promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in unproved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L 127 Objectives Strategies D. Provided Discipline Management workshop for Forest Park E. Provided Violence Prevention for Mabelvale Jr. High F. Provided Positive Discipline for Fair High School G. Provided Discipline workshop for Gibbs H. Provided Discipline workshop for Carver I. Provided Violence Prevention for Cloverdale Jr. J. Provided Cooperative Discipline for Rightsell K. Provided Conflict Resolution for Rockefeller L. Discipline Management for Jefferson M. N. Beglnninc Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 09/12/94 10/13/94 10/13/94 10/13/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 12/07/94 02/08/95 09/12/94 10/13/94 10/13/94 10/13/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 12/07/94 02/08/95 Discipline widi Dignity for Cloverdale Jr. High Discipline Management for McDermott O. Assertive Discipline for Carver P. Discipline 02/08/95 04/14/95 04/26/95 02/08/95 04/14/95 04/26/95 5.0 Provide PAL (Academic Support) teachen with strategies for phnning and delivering more than one type of Instructional grouping (To provide academic support teachers with strategies for planning and delivering more than one 9pe of instructional grouping) (07/01/94) (06/30/95) (Assoc. Superintendent. Academic Support Supervisors, Content Area Supervisore. Staff Development) 5.0 5.0 5.0 (Increase in achievement for all students in Academic Support Programs) (Decrease in achievement gap in representative population) (Decrease in number of students requiring academic support services) 21, 10Program Seq tx 21 Page: 11 Program Name: Staff Development Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Code: 09 Program Goal: Primary Leader: To provide staff development to improve race rebtioos and equftv. tTn nmviW* ctFr _ ...... .  Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L 127 Objectives Strategies 5.1 Coidlnue to investigate and research sources of strategica, models and activities of successful small and torge group instructional practices witUn heterogenous classes A. B, Elementary Reading - Academic Support Math Academic Support C. D. Elementary Reading - Academic Support Elementary Reading - Academic Sunrt E. Principals - Academic Support Reading Teachers (Sec. Textbook) F. Principals - Acidemic Support Reading Teachers (Sec. Textbook) Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Fall 1988 (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Assoc Supt for Educational Prog (Staff Development Department, Concent Area Supervisors, Academic Support Supervisors) 5.1 Identification of sources 5.1 (Provide staff with information from current research monthly) 08/31/94 09/27/94 11/16/94 11/19/94 12/13/94 12/19/94 08/31/94 09/27/94 11/16/94 11/19/94 12/13/94 12/19/94 G. Secondary Reading (Language Arts) High Schools H. Secondary Reading (Language Ans) Jr. High Schools 03/09/95 03/10/95 03/09/95 03/10/95 21, 11 Page: 12 Program Seq #: 21 RevlsioD Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondar\nLeader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staffs development to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide sttff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L12? L127 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5J A. B. C. D. 6.0 Provide Inservice to assist principal and faculties with strategies for promoting student achievement and growth Conduct workshop to address the following: a. grouping theory and strategies b. demonstration of strategics for varied instruction Reading \u0026amp; Connection Writing for Baseline Math Manipulatives for Bale Teaching Math for Woodruff Reading Styles 21, 12 Fall 1988 (07/01/94) 01/25/95 02/07/95 02/07/95 05/10/95 (07/01/94) Fan 1988 (06/30/95) 01/25/95 02/07/95 02/07/95 05/10/95 (06/30/95) Supervisor of Math and English (Content Area Supervisora. Staff Development Department) (Asst. Superinteixlent. Planning. Research and Evaluation, Staff Development. Content Area Supervisors) 5.2 Written evaluation by 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 6.0 6.0 participants (Increase in achievement for all students in Academic Support Programs) (Decrease in achievement gap in representative population) (Decrease in number of students requiring academic support services) (Principal will observe through classroom observations and teacher conferetKes) (Increase in achievement for all students) (Decrease in achievement gap in representative population)Par: J3 Program Seq f: 21 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of die desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) I Flan Reference Page Nunbcr L127 Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.1 Continue to provide tnservke for principals on methods for developing their school improvement plan A. School Improvement - Carver B. School Improvement - Woodruff C. School Improvement - Garland D. School Improvement/lmproving Achievement - McClellan E. School Improvement - Wakefield P. School Improvement at the following sites: Dodd. Fair. Southwest. Cloverdale. Fulbright, Geyer Springs, Garland. Central, Pulaski Heights Elementary. Bale, Booker, Brady, and Gibbs G. School Improvement at die following sites\nCentral, Fair, Hall, McClellan, Parkview, Meadowcliff, aixl Otter Creek H. School Improvemeni at die following sites: Brady, Hall. Metropolitan, Martin L. King, Jr., Meadowcliff, Otter Creek. Badgett, Bale, Booker, Cloverdale, Fulbright, and Geyer Springs I. School Improvement at dw following sites: Badgett, Booker, Brady, Cloverdale Elem., Dodd, Fair Park and Fulbright 21. 13 Fan 1988 (07/01/94) 09/21/94 09/21/94 09/21/94 12/07/94 12/07/94 01/25/95 02/08/95 03/01/95 04/14/95 Ongoing (06/30/95) 09/21/94 09/21/94 09/21/94 12/07/94 12/07/94 01/25/95 02/08/95 03/01/95 04/14/95 Div of Sebook Eval and Testing IRC Spedalista (Asst. Superintendents) ti.l 6.1 6.1 Comprehensive and accurate product (Number of workshops in Integrating the Curriculum. Literature-based Instruction. Authentic Assessment and/or other relevant methodologies) (Better school improvement plans are submitted)Pate: 14 Protram Seq f: 21 Rerisloo Date: August 11. 1995 Protram Name: Staff Development Protram Code: 09  Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff dcvelopmeot to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of die desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Pate Number Objectives Strategics Bcginnint Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L127 J. School Improvement at the following sites: Badgett. Bale. Brady. Dodd. Fair Park, Gibbs, Rightsell, Franklin and Garland K. School Improvement at the following sites: Dodd and Fair Park 6.2 Comtnue to assist principals in revising school Improvement plans through the analytls of disaggregated data A. Staff Development Specialists provided Test- Taking Tips and Strategies to staff members at the following schools: Badgett, Baseline, Booker. Gibbs. Fair Park, aixl Woodniff B. Test-Taking Tips and Strategies were provided to staff memben at the following schools: Central, McClellan. Parkview, Cloverdale Jr. High, Washing, Forest Park, and Fair Park 6.3 Continue to provide special school-based program and content area Inservice meetings scheduled on a regular basis with specific sessions on content methodology and interpersonal relations for program fattplementatioo In a desegregated setting 04/26/95 05/10/95 July 1991 (07/01/94) 10/12/94 03/01/95 1991 School Year (07/01/94) 04/26/95 05/10/95 Ongoing (06/30/95) 12/07/94 03/01/95 Ontoing (06/30/95) Assoc and Asst Su pts Staff Dev Dept Content Area Supervisors Principob 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.3 6.3 Completed plans (Provide written feedback and opportunities for sharing *What Works\" in various building-level plans) (Plans reflect strategies that evolved from disaggregated data) Workshop agendas and evaluations (A computer based compilation of individual employees/school-wide staff development activities will be available) (Student achievement will increase: disparity gap in representative population will decrease) 21. 14 MPage: 15 Program Seq f: 21 ReTlston Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Priiiiaf7 Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race rebtions and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CompletioD Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Workshops and minicourses scheduled throughout the year (See Staff Develt^ment 1994-95 Catalogue/Calendar) 08/23/94 06/30/95 L127 6.4 To provide special assistance for teachers as requested. 07/01/94 06/30/95 A. Special assistance provided throughout the year and also at monthly wort sessions at the IRC 08/23/94 04/18/95 L 128 L128 7.0 Form tri-district committee for coDaborative procedures July 1, 1991 (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) 7.0 7.0 Ongoing analysis (Tri-district workshops will be held) 7.1 Establish tri-distiict committee July 1. 1991 Ongoing (Directors of Sta^ Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) 7.1 7.1 Ongoing analysis (Tri-district committee was forrrted in August. 1991) A. Tri-district committee established 09/13/94 09/13/94 B. A $2,500.00 grant for Classroom Management was received to offer two classroom management training sessions C. A second $2,500.00 grant for Classroom Management was received to offer two additional Classroom Maiugement training sessions 21, 15 08/11/94 10/10/94 10/24/94Page: 16 Program Seq *: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L128 L128 L128 21 RevMon Date: August 11, 1995 Staff Development 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods To provide staff development to improve race rebtions and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of die desegregation plan resulting tn improved academic achievement.) Objectives Strategics Rginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8.0 Provide staff development component for effective staff development In desegregated school setting 7.2 Meet four times per year, two times each semester. The committee funrtloos wM be to Identify and Implement staff development strategies that will assist the districts in fuinilioa expectations of 'maintaining quaUty\" desegregated school districts. A. B. C. Tri-district committee meeting Tri-district committee meeting Tri-district committee meetings (NLR, LRSD. PCSSD) (10/06/94, 11/08/94. 12/06/94, 12/21/94) D. Tri-district Resource Guide E. Tri-district (Resource Guide for the three districts) F. Tri-district (National Staff E\u0026gt;evelopment Affiliate Membership) G. Tri-district (How to utilize die business sector tn the schools) 7 J Plan any activities appropriate for coUalmratlon, e.g., community meetings, etc. 21, 16 3K9 (07/01/94) 07/01/94 (06/30/95) 06/30/95 (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) 7.2 (Record of meetings arxl collaborative nature of areas addressed) 09/13/94 09/20/94 10/06/94 11/23/94 01/26/95 02/23/95 03/30/95 (07/01/94) (07/01/94) 09/13/94 09/20/94 12/21/94 05/30/95 01/26/95 02/23/95 03/30/95 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) (Board of Direcion, Superintendent Director of Staff Development) 7.3 8.0 (Documentation of number of activities among die three districts) (Gather and analyze data from school district participants on the effectiveness of the staff development activities designed to address their specific needs) P.ge: 17 Program Seq f: 21 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To |Ni\u0026gt;vide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in unproved academic achievement.) Flan Reference Page Number LI24 Objectives Strategies T Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8.1 Establish staff developmetU componerd a. Staff Develo|anent Dept Personnel b. Staff Development Office e. Staff Developmeid Cataloguc/Calendar a. Staff Development Department established with Acting Director b. Staff Development Office established c. Staff Development Catalogue/Calertdar printed and distributed d. Staff Development Professional Libntfy Catalog 8.2 Certified staff members (administrators aiai teachers) shall be trained to teach and counsel black and educationallY-advantased students. A. A staff member hired m teach and counsel black and educationally-advantaged students B. Multi-cultural Diversity - Pulaski Heights Elementary 21, 17 July 1991 July 1991 July 1991 (07/01/94) 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 02/08/95 Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing 10/07/94 09/29/94 07/13/94 11/01/94 08/22/94 06/30/95 07/13/94 02/08/95 Board of Directors/Supt Human Resources Dir of Staff Dev 8.1 Implementation of Staff Development Dept Employment of Director, four specialists and one secretary 8.1a (Implementation of Staff Development Departmenl in July. 1991) 8.1b Office b operational 8.1b (Office was established in July. 1991 8.1c Distribution of catalogue/ calendar 8.1c (Staff Development Catalogue/Calertdar distributed annually 1Pace: 18 Program Seq #: 21 Rcvlston Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff devetopaneiit to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities dial will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) I Plan Reference Page Number L124 L124 L124 Objectives Strategice Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Cultural Divenity * Fair 8.3 The Little Rock School District will hire a five-member staff development team for this purpose. A. Staff Development team of four (4) people hired to provide effective Staff Development in desegregated school setting 1. 2. 3. 4. One Acting Director Ooe Secretary Two Specialists One Incentive School Specialist 8.4 The Little Rock School District Staff Development Department will be responsible for implementing the staff development services. A. Provided Staff Development during early release days (52 schools provided various inservices during early release days) B. The Staff Development Director and Specialists are assigned to specific schools, where they work closely with the Principals and the StaH' Development Committee to address and provide Staff Development needs 8.5 The staff development goals and programs currently used by the District, such as TESA. PET and others, will be continued, but a far more creative and comprehensive staff development program suitable for the needs of all employees and volunteers will be implemented. A. Cooperative Leaniing (10/17/94. 10/24/94. 11/07/94. 11/14/94) B. Secondary Self-Esteem 21. 18 03/01/95 03/01/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/21/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 10/17/94 10/20/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 04/26/95 06/06/95 06/30/95 11/14/94 10/20/94 Psge\n19 Program Seq f: 21 Revbton Dale: August 11, 1995 Program Name\nStaff Development Prc^ram Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Prt^ram Goal: To provide staff development to Improve race rebtiona and equRy. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Nianber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Crtteiia L124 C. D. E. F. O. H. At-Risk Learning Styles PET Refresher Leadership for Change TESA I Elementary Self-Esteem 1. Thinking Skills J. TESAD K. L. 10/24/94 10/27/94 11/01/94 11/09/94 11/14/94 12/05/94 12/08/94 02/13/95 11/08/94 11/22/94 12/08/94 11/09/94 12/05/94 12/08/94 04/10/95 PET Refresher Thinking Skills - Rightsell M. PET Refresher N. Cooperative Learning O. Full cycle of PET 8.6 The districts will cooperate in designing a fresh and extendi approach to staff development. Included in the plannimt will be community resource persons and all district personnel responsible for delivering training to staff, and to parent, volunteer, or student committees or groups. A. Healing Racism Workshop- City of Little Rock 21, 19 02/28/95 03/01/95 03/09/95 03/14/95 03/16/95 07/01/94 10/15/94 02/28/95 03/01/95 03/09/95 04/11/95 05/25/95 06/30/95 10/15/94Page: 20 Program Seq 9: 21 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L124 L124 L124 L124 Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evahiation Criteria B. Healing Racism Seminar * City of Little Rock 1. The Oneness of Humanity 2. Defining Prejudice and Racism 3. How Racism is Perpetuated 4. Institutionalized Racism 12/12/94 06/22/95 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Stereotypes and How They Affect Us Unaware Racism Disempowerment of Males-Male Oppression Intertulized Oppression Reclaiming Our Heritages 10. Cultural Racism II. Ally-Building As A Way To Heal 12. Celebration/Where Now? i.7 Staff development will based utwn certain basic principles of human behavior, leamina process and change dynamics. 8.8 The diverse training needs of staff at all employment levels will be met. A. Provided Human Relations workshop for Bus Driven B. Provided Human Relations workshop for Instructional Aides 8.9 The District will establish resource banks which identify the training skills or specialized knowledge of employees and volunteen which can be shared through staff development activities. A. Resource Bank organized by subject B. NLR Resource Personnel submitted 8.10 Computer data bases will be used to record each employees staff development history. 21, 20 07/01/94 06/30/95 07/01/94 08/11/94 08/18/94 07/01/94 11/23/94 01/26/95 07/01/94 06/30/95 08/11/94 08/18/94 06/30/95 11/23/94 01/26/95 06/30/95 Program Seq #: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: L124 L125 L125 L125 21 Staff Development 09 Prlmaiy Leader: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. Secondary Leader: (To pravide suff development .e.t.me, ft,, wUl promoft fte implemenudon of fto desegtog.tion plu. msulttag in impm.ed .clen.io .chievemen,.) Page\n21 Revision Dale: Marion E. Woods August It, 1995 Flan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies =1, Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Computer data base used to record each staff development activity for all employees each quarter B. Staff Development computer report for inservice hours registered through Staff Development office sent to building principals 8-11 Carefully plaimed *tr\u0026gt;inirui of trainen* events will be actively used to expand in-house training expertise. A. Stress Management training of trainers L12 Interdistrict training activities will be frequently offered for groups of employees and volunteera. A. Substitute Handbook 8-13 The District will deal decisively with the issue of racism and will involve all staff, snwtents. and parents in a comprehensive prejudice reduction program, A. Healing Racism Workshop - Chy of Little Rock B. Healing Racism Seminar - City of Little Rock 8.14 Certain areas of training and staff development will be specially emphasiied: utilization of volunteer resources, preparation of substitute teachers and avis and training for parents. A. Developed and completed the Substitute Handbook (The LRSD Substitute Handbook was written and completed - now in the process of being printed) 21, 21 07/01/94 03/17/95 07/01/94 03/06/95 07/01/94 02/01/95 07/01/94 10/15/94 12/12/94 07/01/94 02/01/95 06/05/95 06/05/95 06/30/95 03/06/95 06/30/95 03/01/95 06/30/95 10/15/94 06/22/95 06/30/95 03/01/95Prograin Seq /: 22 Program Name: Libraiy /Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [Flan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Page: I Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Each child in the Little Rock School District should be given access to his/her full measure of die instructional resources. Library/media services will be designed to provide for extension and ennchment of basic sWIs and will also accommodate the varied learning styles of students in different instructional groups. Because students will have opportunities to work and learn in the library/media center under the direction of a trained teacher-librarian, they will be able to approach learning in a variety of ways, thus accommodating their individual styles and also providing for the additional 'time on task\" or enrichment that many students need in order Io internalize die material initially presented. The Districts plan is to offer a library/media program to serve learners with diverse needs, background and abilities through a comprehensive program designed to better support District goals and student needs with regard to learning styles, relevance of instruction, support of multicultural school curriculum, and the application of learning to real-life situations. Library/media serviires will be designed to provide SIUUCIK I ictus WIUI KgaiU iw Itailiui^ w. --------- . *_ _ -  . -  _ I ...Ilf L... ... H.Aal. A Mal /ill ili.a j**nt for extension and enrichment of basic skills and will also accommodate the varied leamirut styles of students in different instructional groups. Students will have opportunities to work and learn in the hbrary/media center under the dire\u0026lt;-rion ooff aa trained teacher-librarian. The Little Rock School Districts library/media program will fulfill its potential as an essential contributor to the District s successful desegregation plan. Upon of the elementary proaiam a review of die secondary program will commence with special attention being given to meetina the interests and needs of the District s diverse population. Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs dial will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills artd academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal  - Develop and mainttin a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal *3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each irxlividual as a valued contributor to society to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for die 21st Century. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the districts Desegregation Plan. L 106. L 107, L 109. L 110 I $427,230.43 $341,666.84 Ist Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $49,509.88 $80,466.34 22, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $96,747.26 $114,943.36 FTE 30 J Program Seq 9i 22 Program Nam*\nLibrary/Media Program Code: 32 Program Goal: The dinricl wUl provide eech student with libnty/media LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Prfa\u0026amp;ary Leader: Secondary Leader: services in eccoidence with the essential role outlined in the district s Desegregation Plan Pafe: 2 Rerisloii Date: Lucy Lyon August II. 1995 Plan Reference Page Number L109 LI06 L109 LI09 L109 Objectives 1. Implement the districts proposed elcmemary Ubrary/media program ne* I. (To provide equitable access to library resources including multkultural and audiovisual resources for all students.) Strategies 1.4 Order equlpmeid and material necessary including AV soft*are. (Determine/purchase materials needed for each elementary school.) core A. AV equipment ordered for each school. 1.7 Conduct inservice and curriculmn devdopment for classes for librarians, principals, and teachers. Library media specialists wUl provide hwerytre trainlM to bufldina-level sUff in the use of materiah and equipmCTt. l.t ProceM ne* material tncliiHim 22, 2 Beginning Date CMnpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (07/01/94) (07/01/94) 04/06/93 07/01/94 (06/30/93) (06/30/93) 04/06/95 06/30/95 (Coordinator of Library Services. Principals. Librarians) Supv of Inst Tech, Coor of Lib Services, (Librarians) Consultant, Supv of Inst Tech, Coor and Advisory Committee Librarians, Media I Starr 1. Comparison of survey results 1988-1993 *111 sbo* In**reared use. 1. Comparison of data collected monthly *ill sho*: Student vbita *111 increase. Vohane of books checked out *111 increase.  IiKlepciident research by students will be document(o sbo* use. Ntonber of classes/groups scheduled by teachers will be documertted to sbo* use. 1.4 Purchase orders (Materials supporting the curriculum will be used in each elementtry school.) 1.7 (Agendas aiKi memos) (Agendas and memos on file in Dept, of Instructional Techiwlogy.) 1.8 Completioo memoPace: 3 Program Seq f: 22 Revision Date: August 11. 199S Program Name: Library /Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with libiary/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in die district's Desegregation Plan r Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria LI 10 A. Activity completed/obligation met in 1989. see 1993-94 p. 32 1.10 Schedule flhnslvidcos as possible. (Schedule videos correlated to LRSD curriculum as requested by teachera. Use of 16nun film is outdated.) A. Videos scheduled daily and were current on 05/26/95 1.11 Hire full-time librarians and full-time clerks for each elementary school as needed. A. Full-time Librarians and clerks saffed based on LRSD formula . 1.12 Develop a maintenance proposal which assures prompt and efficient repair of all AV equipment independent of the time of year. (Maintain procedures for prompt and efficient repair of AV equipment.) A. First quarter repair record: 155 audiovisual machines. 19 computer monitors B. Second quarter repair record: 135 AV machines aixl 31 computer monitors C. Third quarter repair record: 135 AV machines and 45 computer moniion D. Fourth quarter repair record: 22, 3 (07/01/94) (06/30/95) Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) 1.10 Schedule (Videos correlated to curriculum will be used in each school.) 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 10/01/94 01/04/95 04/01/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 09/30/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 12/31/94 03/31/95 06/30/95 Dir of Human Serv, Supv of Inst Tech, Coor Lib Serv, Prlndpats Supv of tost Tech (Coor Lib Serv) 1.11 Contracts (Sufficient staff will be in place to meet state and North Central Standards for librarians. Library clerks will be staffed according to LRSD formula, based on enrollment.) 1.12 Copy of proposal Ninety percent of equipment sent in will be repaired within a week.Pace: 4 Program Seq #: 22 Revision Date\nfh-ogram Name: August 11, 1995 Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LI 10 L109 LllO L106 L107 Library/Media 32 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon The district will provide eich student with libiiiy/raedia services in accordsnce with the essential role outlined in the districts Desegregation Plan Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criterta 2. (To extend and enrich the basic skills in ways that meet students varied learning s^les and promote life long learning.) 1.13 Notify teachers via Ubrarians of the fall schedule (fOms/videos). (Instructional videos correlated to LRSD curriculum are scheduled. Use of 16rrun film is outdated.) A. Teachers are notified weekly of current videos 1.14 Suiqdy fUms/videos per schedule. A. Videos supplied on weekly basis. 1.15 Develop a seven to ten year AV equlpmern purchase plan based on accepted life spans for equipment and equity considerations. The goal to to devise a plan which will provide the district with consistent Une Item cost each year Io simplify budgetary planning and prevent the necessity for large one-time expenditures as to now required 1.17 CoiMluct Inservice for librarians and library clerks. A. Inservice for librarians held on 08/12/94, 08/16/94, 09/27/94, 12/01/94 2.5 Library media specialists will plan with classroom teachers for materials needed for classroom units. 22, 4 07/01/94 08/29/94 07/01/94 09/06/94 Sept. 5, 1989 (07/01/94) 08/12/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 05/26/95 06/30/95 05/26/95 Nov. 1, 1989 (06/30/95) 06/09/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) Supv of Inst Tech Coor of Lib Serv Librarians PriiKipals, Ubrarians Prmcipals, Librarians 1.13 FDe copy (Videos correlated to the curriculum will be used in each school.) 1.14 Weekly deUvery (Videos correlated to curriculum will show 1.15 Copy of plan (Copy of plan on file in Department of Instructional Technology.) Agendas ((^anerly data will reflect an iiKrease in library use.) 2. (As a result of increased plaruting and instruction by LM Specialist, test scores will increase on norm and criterion-referenced tests.) 2.1 (Improved planning with teachera will increase student tests scores.)Par: 5 Program Seq f: 22 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the districts Desegregation Plan Flan Reference Page Ntniber L107 L107 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility A. LMS/Teachers planned for materials August through November: Elementary \" 10,031 and Secondary 7,306 B. LMS/Teachers planned for materials December through February: Eletrwntary  7179 and Secondary \" 4100 C. LMS/Teachen planned for materials March through May: Elmentaiy  6.545 and Secondary  2,702 2.6 Library media specialists will plan with classroom building staff for at least one school -wide reading motivation activity each year. A. Reading Motivation Activities for August through November: Elementary \"110 and Secondary \" 32 B. Reading Motivation Activities for December through February: Elementary \" 56 and Secondary \" 25 C. Reading Motivation Activities for March through June 5: Elementary \" 89 and Secondary  14 2.7. Library media specialists will plan with classroom teachen for library instruction to be correlated to classroom instruction. A. LMS/Teachen plan for instruction August through November: Elementary  2.634 and Secondary - 2.010 B. LMS/Teachen plan for instruction December through February: Elementary \" 2.194 and Secondary - 1.374 C. LMS/Teachen plan for instruction March through June 5: Elementary \" 2,113 and Secondary \" 694 22, 5 08/22/94 12/01/94 03/01/95 07/01/94 08/22/94 12/01/95 03/01/95 07/01/94 08/22/94 12/01/94 03/01/95 11/30/94 02/28/95 05/31/95 06/30/95 11/30/94 02/28/95 06/05/95 06/30/95 11/30/94 02/28/95 06/05/95 Principals. Librarians Principals, Librarians 2.3 (Improved planning with teachers will result in higher achievement for students.) 2.2 (More books will be checked out in each school.) Evaluation Crtteiia Page: 6 Program Seq #: 22 Revizion Date: August 11. 1995 Prognun Name: Libraiy /Media Program Code: 32 - Primary Leader: SecoDdary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Flan Reference Page Number L107 133 133 Objectives Strategies Begiiining Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteiia 2.8 Library irtedia specialists will instruct students in Itteiarv skills and reference/sadv skills. A. LMS instruction of library skills August through November: Elementary  170,514 students\nSecondary  48.827 students B. LMS instruction of library skills December through February: Elementary  97,894 and Secondary  44,992 C. LMS instruction of library skills March through June 5: Elementary  115,275 artd Secondary * 32,270 07/01/94 08/22/94 12/01/94 03/01/95 06/30/95 11/30/94 02/28/95 06/05/95 Principals, Librarians 2.4 (Abacus assessment will show mastery of reference/study skills.) 1. The selection of materials/resources to support the curriculum in desegregated school districts b a muHi-district goal of the library media programs. 2. The inservice training Ubrary media staff members to desegregated school districts is a muttl- distiict goal of the library media programs. 1.1 Continue hosting Multi-District. MuHIcuHura] Resource Sharing Fair. In the future, the fair site will rotate among the three districts. A. Tri-district meeting held to discuss fair B. Multicultural Materials Fair hosted by LRSD 1.2 Begin hostirut Multi-District Resource Sbarirut Fair with book and AV materials, vendora. rotatirut the site arrwng the three districts. A. Multicultural Materials Fair hosted by LRSD 2.1 Plan to host multi-dlstiict inservice meetings such as the one sponsored by the Pulaski County Educational Service Cooperative tn April of 1988 to explain the new national guidelines for school Ubrary media program plaimlng. 22, 6 Armually 08/25/94 12/01/94 07/01/94 12/01/94 Ongoing Ongoing 08/25/94 12/01/94 06/30/95 12/01/94 Ongoing Library Media Director or responsible person (including NRLSD) Library Media Directors or responsible person (including NLRSD) Resources will be selected, purchased, and utilized by teachen and students as they teach the curriculum of the desegregated school districts. Inservice training will develop skills for library medial specialists who work in desegregated school districtsPage: 7 Program Seq f: 22 Revision Date: August n, 1995 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student widi library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in die district's Desegregation Plan 134 134 134 Flan Reference Page Number L108 Objectives Strategies rI Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility EvaluatioD Criteria A. Multi-district inservice held. 2.2 Plan to host inservice training for muM-district library media specialists using district employees. 12/01/94 12/01/94 07/01/94 Ongoing 3. Utilization of television technology in desegregated school districts is a multi-district goal of the library media programs. 4. Recruitment of minority Library Media Specialists in desegregated school districts Is a muHi-district goal of library media programs. 5. Multl-dlstrict communication for library media |M-ogram administrators is a goal for the programs. 7. Library media specialist will annuallT evaluate the collection for adequacy of multicultural materials and will cnnttnuallv evaluate new materials to be considered for purchase. 3.1 Implement utilization of cable channel 19 and/or videotapes produced at Metro to leach basis skills, etc. 4.1 Contact teachers training instltutions/rccnilt teachers for training |Hx\u0026gt;grams in library media certlficatkrn. 5.1 Copy memos relating staff development opportunities to other district administrators. 5.2 Meet informally for sharing sessions. A. Informal tri-district sharing meeting held 08/25/94 and 09/20/94 22, 7 . 4\ng* 07/01/94 Ongoing Ongoing 07/01/94 08/25/94 07/01/94 To be establisbed Ongoing Ongoing 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Library Media Directors or responsible person Library Media Directors or responsible person (including NLRSD Library Media Directora or responsible person (itKluding NLRSD) Students will gain practical vocational experience tn running a television studio\nstudents will benefit from instructional units provided over cable system or recorded for later classroom use Hiring and placement of minority media specialists will occur Better communication will be achieved Page: 8 Program Seq *: 22 RevisioD Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined io the district's Desegregation Plan Han Reference Page Nianber LIOS LIOS Objectives 8. RecMnmendatlons for multicultural materials win be shared with all principals and librarians and recommended for core purchase for all schools. 9, The 1992-92 school year wB be used to establish baseline data for determining progress. 10. Undertake a comparative study of library resources amans the Incentive schools as weD as other schoob of comparable size to brine about parity of boMinga through an equitable purchasing policy. 11. Modify buiMina space to increase Ufararv capacities at Mitchell and Garland, Purge the shelves of outdated and well-wom materials. At Mttgheil. books most frequertlv used by the four year old program. Mndergarten, and first grades could be permanently placed in the individual glawrooms since those grades are all housed In structures that are detached from the main buUdtng. Strategies Beginning Date 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 Completion Date 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Chart of library resources on file indicating holdings of incentive schools 22, 8 09/01/94 09/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95Program Seq 9: 23 Program Name: Computerized Transportation Routing System Program Code: 24 Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: Flan References: FY Program idget: YTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Freddie Smith Secondary Leader: Page: I Revision Date: August 1. 1995 Mary Jane Cheatham Transportation system provides die means for students to have access to various school options and educational programs, as well as extracurricular activities. The District will continue to use its automated routing system to make efficient use of district resources in providing transportation to those students eligible for transportation. Students shall be provided transportation in order to attend their assigned schools and its programs and activities. Ensure diat equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. To provide safe, efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District. L227 J $8,000.00 $0.00 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $0.00 $0.00 23, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $0.00 $0.00 FTE  Program Seq *: 23 Program Name: Computerized Transportation Routing System Program Code: 24 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L227 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET EXXZUMENT Primary Leader Freddie Smith To provide safe, efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District. Objectives 1.0 The Transportation Department will request additional resources to help provide transportation support for evening and exterxled day programs. 1.1 In 1990-91 the District reduced Its number of runs from three to two. 1.2 LRSD has made progress In the utilization of the ECOTRAN MAPNET System...!988-89 school opening. Page: 2 Revision Date: Strategies I Secondary Leader: Beginnirfg Date Completion Date August 1, 1995 Mary Jane Cheatham Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 Determine resource requirements necessary to support programs and procure them. Provide transportation support as required. A. Resource requirements were identified. Additional buses are on order to support the mission. B. As departments make requests for support, the Transportation Department makes every effort to support the request. C. Replacement buses for regular program have been ordered for delivery for July, 1995. D. Discussion concerning Athletic Programs to be treated as Field Trips. 1.1 Procure resources necessary to support two run system and implement two run system. A. Routes were limited to the number that could be supported by the buses available for a two run system. 1.2 Student and geographic data loaded in system, and personnel trained and proficient in computerizing routing. A. Item completed 06/90, and is not recurring 23. 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 02/95 02/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/88 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 02/95 75% 06/30/95 08/22/94 06/90 Director of Transportation Director of Transportation Director of Transportation 1.0 Adequate service provided in support of programs. Determined by dividing number requested by number provided. 1.1 All buses assigned only Iwo routes. 1.2 Students effectively and efficientty routed to focilitate a smooth school opening 1988-89.Page: 3 Program Seq *: 23 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Computerized Transportation Routing System Program Code: 24 Primary Leader: Freddie Smith Secondary Leader: Mary Jane Cheatham Program Goal: To provide safe, efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District. Plan Reference Page Number L227 L227 Ot^ectlves Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 There is extensive work to be done In updating the geographic files, table with the LRSD database. 1.4 School attendance areas and updatod walk zones need to be encoded Into map files. 1.5 (Transportation Safety Policies need to be reviewed and updated property. Changes will be incorporated from Applicable Board Policies and Administrative Directives). 1.3 A cooperative effort between Transportation Department. LR City Engineers. Student Assignment, and ECOTRANS staff wifl help Io ensure that software reflects accurate geographic information. A. All new streets were added to the map. As new streets are added the map is updated. 1.4 School attendance areas not initiated. Walk zones encoded into map for maximum bus utilization. A. Changes created by the dosing of Stephens school were encoded into the map. 1.5 A comprehensive review of all LRSD policies germane to transportation must be performed and recommendations/changes reduced to writing and incorporated into applicable documents. A. A comprehensive rewriting of the Practices and Procedures for the department was completed and reviewed by the Drivers' Council before publication and distrtoution. 23, 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 08/22/94 07/01/94 09/30/94 Director of Transportation, Director of Information Services Director of Transportation Director of Transportation 1.3 Significant reduction in street address errors introduced by poor/inadequate data entry. 1.4 No student required to exceed four block/six block walk. 1.5 Published policies on student behavior/safety on LRSD buses. Published policies for drivers/driver aides to assist in communicating the dlstrid's position on transportation safety procedures. Frequent meetings to address safety Issues and concerns. Attendance verified through 8ign\u0026gt;in sheets. Review of supervisor's monitoring report. Program Seq *: 23 Page: 4 Revision Date: Program Name: Computerized Transportation Routing System August 1. 1995 Program Code: 24 Primary Leader: Freddie Smith Program Goal: To provide safe, efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District. SecoTKlary Leader: Mary Jane Cheatham Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.6 (Assignment promotion population region tables need to be created to ensure proper student assignment). 1.7 All school attendance areas will be er\u0026gt;coded Into the geographic tables. Corresponding walk zones will be generated for schools, all transportation policies will be reviewed arid updated. 1.8 An entire new stop network will be generated to Improve efficiency and most economically utilize District resources. 1.6 Information downloaded from mainframe media format compatibie with HP Vectra. on A. Download completed with tape from Data Processing. 1.7 Wah zones established In accordance with district policy and software criteria selection. A. Wak zones were established because of the closing of Stephens. 1.8 Transportation staff will update and revise all routes based upon census data provided by Infonnation Services. A. Additional census information is Included when it is available to the Transportation Department. B. Reflective end of 1st Quarter Reflective end of 3rd Quarter 23, 4 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 08/15/94 06/30/95 08/10/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/10/95 Director of Transportation Director of Transportation 1.6 Routes generated based upon current assignment information. 1.7 Two mile list published and distributed to school staff. Add transportation policies and procedures. 1.8 Written request for student data fontvarded. Census incremental initiated by routing supervisor Research system error listing to within 5%. Completion of first day routes prior to registration.LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 9: 24 Page: 1 Revision Date: August 7, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Description: To provide the resources (Hardware. Software. Ttaining. Programming. Computer Opeiatious. and Haidware and Software Support) necessaiy to collect, store and report information on LRSD sWdents. Information Services wUl provide the computer resources necessary to collect, store, and report student infonnation in a timely and accuiate manner. School and central office-based staff, parents, and students will benefit accurate up-to-date information on students. District Goal Support: To implement integrated educational programs to ensure that all students will grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Program Goal: to collect and store all peitineot student infonnation. To provide all necessaiy reports requited to support school and central office based functions. To provide all To provide the programs and data bases necessary . . necessary infonnation required by outside interests. To provide droely response to all requests for information. [ Plan References: L129. L130 FY Program Budget: $712,289.22 YTD Expenditures: $709,935.19 11st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $606,929.33 $29,838.55 Related Function Codes: 24, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4tfa Qtr Expend: $38,002.49 $35,164.82 I FTE 4.0 Program Sag #: 24 Program Name: Data Processing Program Coda: 17 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 129/130 L 129 L 129 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Or. Henry Williams I Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: David Beason August 7, 1995 To provide the programs and date bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. hmSfan. Tr, P^^inent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Objectives 1. Data Processing (Information Services Department) will pro^dde the necessary support for all school and central office* based hjnctions. 1.1 Str elegies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 06/30/95 Director of Information Services 1.A (Administration has received all required reports for the school year). 1.6 (All data is accurately stored and is retrievable). 1 .C (Quality reports are being delivered on time). Programs will be developed arxi implemented relative to the following areas: (Collect. Store, and Report) Dropout Statistics (to include the ability to generate data by race, gender, grade on a school by school as wen as District*wida basis). 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 Director of Information Services 1.2 (Score, Collect, Store, ar\u0026gt;d Report) Test Scores (to Irtclude capacity to score tests arxi to generate data by race, gender, grade, school, subject area, and districtwide). 07/01/94 06/30/95 Director of Information Services A. Tag students for JTPA 09/15/94 06/30/65 24, 2 1 .D (Complaints are no lorrger being received about information not being available). 1.1 (Reports are available which accurately report dropout statistics). 1.2 (All test results are stored in the computer and are reflected in pertinent reports).Pag*: 3 Program Seq f: 24 Revision Date: August 7, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Qori: To provide the progteme end dete beses necessary to collect end store all pertinent student Information. To provide ell necessery reports required to support school end control office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. J Plan Reference Page Number L 129 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Wrote Stanford 8 report showing last years reading, math, and language scores that were less than 35.8. C. Listed Comparison (93 vs. 94) of complete battery scores for 7th grade students at select schools for Planning, Research \u0026amp; Evaluation study. D. Created diskette with 9th graders at select schools showing their K-4 MAT 6 Reading Comprehensive scaled scores for study. E. Provided Associate Superintendent with the JTPA student listing. 1.3 (Collect, Store, and Report) Student AcNavement Data (to include the capacity to monitor test scores, grade distribution and other Identified achievement data by race, gender, grade, subject, school and district-wide). A. Load SAT'8 test data onto AS/400. B. Transferred student and basic data from Student Management System to Abacus. Test scan sheets where generated for all schools. / C. Print Abacus test answer sheets, attendance scan sheets and grade scan sheets. 24, 3 08/15/94 11/16/94 11/23/94 01/06/95 07/01/94 07/15/94 09/08/94 08/20/94 08/15/94 11 /17/94 11/30/94 02/21/95 06/30/95 07/20/94 09/09/94 06/30/95 Director of Information Services 1.3 (All available student achievement data is stored and reported as requested). Program Seq #: Program Name: Program Co\u0026lt;ie: Program Goal\nPlan Referertce Page Number L 130 L 130 24 Data Processing 17 funcon.. To provide Objectives Page: 4 Revision Dato\nAugust 7, 1995 Primary Loader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Strategies response to all requests for information. D. Allowed Secondary Registrars to update Transcript History Data district wide. E. Loaded Chapter 1 data an added it to the School FVofile Report for Federal Programs. 1.4 (Collect, Store, and Report! Attendance (sheN be hept In such a way as to allow data to be gathered for any period of time, for withdrawals and re-enrollment, for students by grade, school, race, gender, and district-wide). A. Pre-select attendance entry records for all expected incoming students. 8. Print Attendance scan sheets on a weekly basis to assist in gathering Attertdance Data. C. Automated State 9 Weeks Report using Monarch a Excel. D. Provided PRE with a list of random students (20%| from each school for research. 1.5 (Collect, Store, and Report! Disciplinary Data (by offense, school, teacher, c subject, race, gender, district-wide. over any period of time!. 24, 4 class. and Beginning Date Completion Date 07/01/94 01/19/95 07/01/94 08/15/94 08/20/94 10/15/94 01/27/95 07/01/94 06/30/95 01/26/95 06/30/95 08/15/94 06/30/65 10/30/94 03/20/95 06/30/95 to support school and central office based Responsibility Director of Information Services Director of Information Services Evaluation Criteria 1.4 (Attendance data is accurately stored arxJ reported to the state with minimum manual compilation. 1.5 (Disciplirw data is accurately entered and reported as required!. Page: 5 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: August 7. 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number L 130 Objectives Strategies Beginnirtg Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Crfterla A. Added to field to Discipline Database to allow tracking of final vs. recommended sanction. B. Printed letters to all suspended students. C. Provided Student Hearing with a list of students with 3 or more OOS or LT for 1994/1995. 1.6 (Collect. Store, and Report) Student Assignment Data (by race, age, gender, class, school, grade, level, and districtwide). A. Promoted students to next grade using the Student Assignment criterion. B. Randomized student school choices and placed on the Waitir\u0026gt;g List Screen. C. Ran October 1 counts report. D. Printed district-wide school profiles for schools to evaluate. E. Automated State Oct 1st Report for certified and non-certified staff. F. Produced diskette with Free \u0026amp; Reduced lunch data for Student Assignment. G. Ran assignment letters for Student Assignment. 24, 5 11/30/94 12/19/94 02/08/95 07/01/94 07/15/94 07/30/94 09/30/94 09/30/94 10/01/94 11/23/94 03/15/95 12/01/94 12/19/94 02/14/95 06/30/95 07/15/94 07/30/94 09/30/94 09/30/94 10/15/94 11/30/94 03/21/95 Director of Information Services 1.6 (Student assignment data is stored and all reporting requirements are met). Program Seq *: 24 Page: 6 Program Name: Data F^ocessing Revision Date: August 7. 1995 Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Program Goal: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason nan Reference Page Number Ok^^ctives Strategies Beginning Dete Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Cdterla L 130 2.Data Processing Department (Information Services Department Staff) win have the capacity to respond to District needs es required by District goals and state and federal laws such as grade (flstribution and the ability to Identify specific students and cohorts of students. 2.1 H. Ran monthly download report for OOM after 12/31/94 closing. I. Ren monthly download report for ODM after 01/31/95 closing. J. Ran monthly download report for ODM after 02/28/95 closing. (The Information Services Department will maintain adequate computer hardware and support to meet the needs of the district). A. Move telephone lines, computer lirws, and computer equipment as requested. B. Provide user support on the operation of computer equipment. C. Provide user support for Abacus equipment. D. Provide access to Student Software for performing routir\u0026gt;e data entry and reporting. 24, 6 01/26/95 02/17/96 03/27/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 01/30/95 02/20/95 03/31/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Director of Information Services Director of Information Services 2. (The District requirements for computer resources are being met). 2.1 (All employees requiring access to student records have access to terminslsl.Page\n1 Program Seq f: 24 Revision Date: August 7, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Qoal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based I U pi UVlUO II IO pi Vyi 01119 OKU uaia vuovtf  y . - --------- . functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Ob}ectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria E. Reinstalled the equipment st Williams Magnet as a result of the new construction that took place during the summer. F. Purchased and installed a tape back-up unit with the appropriate software to accommodate the programs that are being designed for budgeting procedures between Information Services and Financial Services. G. Purchased and installed an IBM 6406 Line Matrix Printer to accommodate the large amounts of printing required from the AS/400 users of the District. This will also speed up the printing process with the additional printer. This printer is located in the Operations Department of Information Services. H. Purchased HP 1200C Deskjet Printer and the HP LaserJet 4-i- Printer located in the Office of Desegregation and Student Assignment. I. Purchased the new telephone system located in the Office of Desegregation and Student Assignment. 24, 7 09/20/94 09/14/94 09/14/94 09/22/94 07/01/94 09/21/94 09/30/94 09/30/94 09/30/94 08/25/94 Program Seq f: 24 Page: 8 Program Name: Data Processing Revision Date: August 7. 1995 Program Code: 17 Program Goal: Primary Leader: To provide the programs and data bases Dr. Hervy Wiliiams I Secondary Leader: functions. To provide all necessary Information required by necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. Devid Beason ou.sid. inures.,. To provide .imeiy reip^n'ee u \"\"\"\" Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Begirwiing Date Completion Date Responsibility Ev^uation Criteria J. Purchased for the Office of Desegregation artd Student Assignment In lot were three each of the following: Microprocessor, CD-ROM Drive, Disk Drive, Monitor, Keyboard, Mouse, and all other required attachments. 09/22/94 09/22/94 K. Purchased for Information Services on PC to allow access to the AS/400 and have the capability of running software In a Windows environment. 12/15/94 12/15/94 L. Installed 3 terminals and cabling at Booker Magnet to allow access to the AS/400. 10/01/94 10/04/94 M. Installed cabling and equipment at the new Student Hearing Office to allow access to the AS/400 student system. N. Installed 3 new Hard Drives into 3 computers at Transportation Dept. 0. Information Services Installed 2 Ian drops in Operations. P. Installed terminal and ran cabling for the PC at Southwest Jr High. Q. Installed PC's\none each to Support Services, PRE, and. Information Services. R. Connected PC in Pupil Personnel to the AS/400. 24, 8 11/14/94 11/16/94 01/09/95 01/09/95 01/11/95 01/12/95 11/15/94 11/16/94 01/23/95 02/14/95 02/01/95 01/27/95Page: 9 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: August 7, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Sacondary leader\nDavid Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student functions. \u0026gt;e me progiaina aiiu uaio uoaoa iraxwoif --------------- -- ----- --- - t  t 1. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. informatiJn. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.2 (The Information Services Department will develop or acquire the software required to support the needs of the district). A. Purchased arxi installed Word Perfect 5.1 to schools and departments as requested. B. Provide technical support for data entry in all schools using Word Perfect to enter data into the LRSD Program Budget Document. C. Modified a series of approximately tvi/elve (12) screens to allow schools to enter aggregated information not currently stored on the AS/400 database that was needed for the School Profile Report. D. Modified the School Profile Report to show breakdowns by race and sex of all items required by the Office of Desegregation arid Monitoring. E. Provided equipment maintenance, cabling, arKi communication lines connecting users to the AS/400 system. F. Provide telephone service end computer access to the Truancy Office's new location. 24, 9 07/01/94 07/20/94 07/01/94 08/23/94 08/23/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 08/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 08/23/94 Director of Information Services 2.2 (All necessary software is installed and functioning properly to collect, store and report information in a timely end accurate manner). Program Saq f  24 Page: 10 Program Nams: Data Processing Revision Oats: August 7. 1995 Program Cods: 17 Program Goal: Prlmsry Leader: To provide the programs and data bases Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader:   - ----------- ...MW  J lu VUUeL functions. To provide all necessary information required by necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. outside interests. To provide tinrei^reip^nsew David Beason Plan Refersrtcs Page Number Objectives Strategies G. Purchased Paradox 6.0 for Windows assist with budgeting and financial procedures. to H. Installed AS/400 Software Upgrade Version 2.3 from IBM. This will bring the system up to date In moetir\u0026gt;g the needs of the District. I. Purchased Crystal Reports Pro Version 3.0 to assist with additional programmir\u0026gt;g for budgeting and financial procedures. J. Purchased Monarch for Windows version 1.0 to assist with designing additional documents used for budgeting and financial procedures. K. Installed Microsoft Office Pro Version 4.3 and Microsoft Visual Basic Pro Version 3.0 throughout the Information Services Department to accommodate the staff In providing Information arxi support to the District users In a more timely and professional manner. Beginning Dats Completion Date Rssponsibillty Evaluation Crtteris 09/14/94 08/10/94 07/29/94 09/14/94 07/20/94 09/14/94 08/15/94 07/29/94 09/14/94 09/20/94 L. Acquired training for the Interim Director of Information Services Department for Netware 3.12 Software to be able to provide the Users with the support that is requested. 24, 10 09/29/94 09/30/94Paga: 11 Program Saq f: 24 Revision Data: August 7, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: to collect and atote ell pertinent student Information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based To provide the programs and data bases necessary U --------------------------------------------------------- ... information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. functions. To provide all r^ecessary Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies M. Purchased in lot of three each wore the following software applications located in the Office of Desegregation and Student Assignment: Corel Pro Photo Sampler, MS-Dos 6.2, Microsoft Windows for Workgroups Version 3.11, Microsoft Office Pro Version 4.3 on CD. and all other requested software. N. Information Services loeded Baber Software to Monitor the performance of the AS/400. O. Purchased and Installed memory for the HP LaserJet 4 Printer to allow the PBD an other large documents to be processed by Information Services. P. Configure PC and Printer for Dodd Elementary. Q. Loaded WordPerfect on new PC at Geyer Springs Elementary. R. Loaded WordPerfect on the PC in the Media Center at MLK Elementary. S. Loaded WordPerfect in the Computer Lab at Henderson Jr High. T. Installed Phonemaster and WordPerfect on the Attendance Secretary's PC at Henderson Jr High. 24, 11 Beginning Date 09/22/94 01/04/95 02/03/95 02/20/95 01/04/95 01/04/95 01/04/95 01/04/95 Completion Date 09/22/94 01/04/95 03/03/95 02/22/95 01/04/95 01/06/95 01/06/95 01/05/95 Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Program Saq 9: 24 Page: 12 Program Name\nData Processing Ravisiort Date: August 7, 1995 Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Program Goal: Or. Hervy Williams Secondary Leader: David Besson nan Reference Page Number Ob}ectivos Strategies U. Loaded WordPerfect on new PC in Staff Development. V. Set-up printers for all Information Services users. W. Installed extended memory in 2 Laserjet Printer located in PRE. 2.3 Computerized Data Access- Computerized data access will be a reality in all incentive schools so that student data is easily accessible and access can be immediate for reports which might be needed relative to ell school program aspects. 24. 12 Beginning Dote Compiotlon Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 01/10/95 03/06/95 03/16/95 07/01/94 01/12/95 03/16/95 03/29/95 06/30/95 1ProKram Seq 9: 26 Program Name: Minority Teacher Recniitroent Program Code: 08 Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Flan Rererences: FY Progr Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Richard Hurley Pate: I Revision Date: June 30. 1995 I Secondary Leader: Robert Robinson Primary htnetion is to recruit high quality profession.1 and support personal to meet the distriefs goals ami objectives m a .b etween .tah-e- school district -a.n1d uhiimghKe.r. education institutions\n.aqscsiunmwe. rreecsnpoonnssiihbUiliittvy ffoorr ddeelleesgsattcedd optrooagrraammss rreellaatteedd ttoo ssttatffff rleecciruuiiotmneenntt ttoo meet EEO and AfTirmaove Action ano personnel services imiug UClWCCII UC Sbliuui UWUIVI maaw waa-w,---------- , , _ . - . . responsible for assigned tasks and projects that wdl enhance the productivity and efficiency of the human resources division. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. E\u0026gt;eveloping equity in employees composition that reflects racial and ethnic diversity.  $45,592.16 $53,554.32 lot Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $13,998.89 $11,393.85 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $15,015.40 $13,146.18 I FTE 1.0 [ Related Function Codes: 26, 1 Program Seq f: 26 Program Name: Teacher Recndtment Program Code: 08 Program Goal: Flan Reference Page Number U3 U3 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: (To organize reciuitmenl and retention programs for the puipose of developing equity in the employee composition that reflects racial and ethnic diversity .) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Page: 2 RevbioD Date Robert Robinson Responsibility July 14, 1995 Evaluation Criteria 1. Update review of recruiting needs by age. race, sex and seniority in positions in the District to ascertain projected needs. 1.1 Review of all current staffing with identirtcation of staff by sex. race and subject area who will be retiring to project needs. (Reserve at least 25 percent of the positions for Black applicants.) A. Request for forecast based on 1.1 ta being prepared by Information Services. However, the number of retirees for the preceding three (3) years b taken in consideratioo when reserving a nianber of slots for minorities. 07/01/94 08/10/94 06/30/95 20% 2. Review of position assignments related to racial equity such that all races are represented in every position and Job description tn the district. 2.1 Development and assessment of school and divisional staffing patterns. A. From July 1, 1994 through October 1, 1994, there were fifty (50) school sites, of these: 1. Nine (9) sites were 0-24% minority faculty. 2. Twenty four (24) sites were 25-39% minority faculty. 26, 2 07/01/94 06/30/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 HR Director(Minority Recruiter)HR Director/ (Minority Recruiter) HR Director/(Mioority Recruiter) Bldg. Principab, Division Heads.) HR Director/ (Minority Recruiter) Bldg. Principab, Divbion Heads.) 1. (Completion of needs assessment.) I.l (Forecast of Retirees/Reservation of slots for minority staffing) 2. (Maintain an image of district-wide multi-cultural starting) 2.1 Completion of task (Computerized reports of staffing ratios)3 Program Seq *: 26 Revision Date July 14. 1995 Program Name: Teacher Recruitment Program Code: 08 Primary Leader: Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: Robert Robinson Program Goal: (To organae reoniilmenl and retendon programs for the pun of developing equity in the employee composition that renects racial and ethnic diversity .) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strate^es Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. Twelve (12) sites were 40-50* minority faculty. 4. Five (5) schools had a minority leaching staff that exceeded 50% of the total teaching force. 07/01/94 10/01/94 144 12/09/93 MR 12 I. Create pool of currently certified teacher applicants and of students pursuing certification. From Jidy 1, 1994 through October 1,1994, there were 163 full-time certified employees - new hires. Fifty (50) or 31% of the appointments weid to minorities. From July 1, 1994 through October 1, 1994, there were 1959 fuU-tfane teachers. 686 or 35% of these teachers were minorities. B. EEOC Report Revised 2.2 Recruitment of support artd non-teaching staff to reflect equitable racial representation in all positions. 2.3 Establish goals and objectives for racially balancing each incentive school staff as part of a comprehensive long-range strategic plan for implementing the incentive school features. A. Tentative Goals for Incentive Schools staffing widtin guidelines of EEOC are in place. 1.1 Share applicant pools with PCSSD/NLRSD. 26, 3 02/15/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 02/15/95 07/01/94 03/31/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 HR Director/(Minority Recruiter) Principals, Assoc. Sup HR Directors - Three Districts (Minority Recruiter) HR Directors - Three Districts (Minority Recruiter) 2.2 (Improved Sttff diversity will be shown by staffing reports) 1. (An assemble of quality applicants for school based referrals and resources for replenishing the dwindling pool of minority applicants) 1.1 Completion of task (Identification of prospects)Program Seq #: 26 Page\n4 Program Name: Teacher Recruitment Revision Dale July 14. 1995 Program Code: 08 Prr^ram Goal: IMmary Leader: 125 (To organize recruitment and retention Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: programs for Ihe purpose of developing equity in the employee composition that raflecls racial and ethnic diversity.) Robert Robinson Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies I Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria I. To develop joint recniiting efforts and procedures with particular emphasis on minority teacher recruitment. A. LRSD shares its minority applicant pools with PCSSD/NLRSD on a regular basis to meet mutual staffing goals. Referrals are made through telephone calls and recruitment registry when requested. 1.1 Share planning, resources and contacts for recruitment of staff, both certified and non-certified. A. Inter/lntrastate recruitment schedules shared districts. among B. ASCUS membership information shared with PCSSD/NLRSD. This is an opportunity to broaden recruiting base for new teachers, providing teachers of diverse backgrounds for the classroom. C. ASCUS application has been submitted for data base representing the colleges and universities which prepare 90 percent of each yean graduating leachere.  a------------ Baaiuuaaui^ licablicis, national diiecloiy of job career faits for educators with a cross-reference of instinitions which will graduate minority candidates. 26, 4 07/30/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 08/15/94 09/30/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 03/31/95 09/30/94 HR Directors (Minority Recruiters) HR Directors - (Minority Recruiter) 1. Increase in minority staffing among certified staff and more proportional representation among support staffs. 1.1 Increase tn minority staffing among certified staff and more proportional representation among support staff.Pe: 5 Program Seq f: 26 Revision Date July 14, 1995 Program Name: Teacher Recruitment Program Code: 08 Primary Leader: Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: Robert Robinson Program Goal: (To organize recruitment and retention programs for the purpose of developing equity in the employee composition that reflects racial and ethnic diversity.) 125 125 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Crfterla 2. To share the applicant pools among the districts 2.1 Use teachers in die recruitment process. A. Teacher recruitment team, comprised of new teacher-recruits, at least (1) tenured teacher, one (1) principal selected annually to accompany Recruiting Specialist on certain recruitment trips. The following employees selected for 1994-95: Theresa Courtney, Shanda Macon, Alvena Grissom, Christopher Threatt. Jodie Carter, Dora Wallace - subject area specialists included as well. Sixteen recruiting trips made and follow-up actions in progress. B. Recruiting Team also serves as a welcome committee when recruits visit LRSD to preview employment opportunities. 2.2 Certified and non-certified applicant pools will be shared with the agreement to assist each other in correction of disproportionate stafTmg. 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/18/94 11/02/94 07/18/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 HR Directors (Minority Recruiter) HR Directors (Minority Recruiter) HR Directors (Minority Recnjiier)Principals 3. To monitor distribution of sta^ across grade levels aitd support areas. A. Recruitment registry shared with NLRSD and PCSSD focusing on critical supply areas: Math Science. Elementaty. Spanish. 07/01/94 06/30/95 HR Directors (Minority Recruiter) Assoc./Asst. Supts 26, 5 2. Proportional representation of mirwrity and majority employees in all staffing categories. 2.1 (List of teachers who participated \u0026amp; activities) 2.2 (An established applicant referral system for teacher employment in any of Pulaski County's public schools) 3. Proportional representation of minority and majority employees in all staffing categories. Program Seq f: 26 Page: 6 Program Name: Teacher Recruitment Revision Dale July 14. 1995 Program Code: 08 Program Goal: Primary Leader: 125 (To organize recruitment and retention Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: programs for die purpose of developing equity in the employee composition tfiet tefleco racial and ethnic diversity.) Robert Robinson Plan Reference Page Nianber Objectives 4. To identify students who may be future teachen and provide support programs to them. Strategies 3.1 The principals will be accountable to ensure equitable distribution of teachen by grade level and subject area. A. Monitoring reports complied and principals advised accordingly. 4.1 Establish future teacher clubs in elementary. Junior high aixl senior high schools. A. For the 1994-95 school year, the following schools have active Teachen of Tomorrow Chapten: I. Elementary Carver Magnet Mitchell Chicot Washington Beginning Dale Completion Date ResponsibOfty Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 09/21/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 2. Junior High: Forest Heights Mabelvale Jr. Pulaski Heights Jr. Henderson Mann Magnet Southwest Jr. 3. Senior High: 26, 6 Principals. HR Directon (Minority Recruiter). Assoc./Asst. Supts. HR Directors (Minority Recruiter) Principals and Teachen (HR Directors, Minority Recruiter) Principals A Teachen 3.1 Statistical data that minority teachen have access to teaching opportunities at all grade levels, in all subject areas and in all programs  AP Honon. G/T. etc. '4. (Adoption of a comprehensive Teachen of Tomorrow Program for students considering careen in teaching.) 4.1 Increase the number of students entering the teaching profession.Pate*. 7 Program Seq #: 26 Revision Date July 14. 1995 Program Name: Teacher Recruitment Program Code: 08 Primary Leader: Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: Robert Robinson Program Goal: (To organize recruitment and retention programs for the purpose of developing equity in the employee composition that reflects racial artd ethnic diversity.) 126 126 126 Flan Reference Page Number Objectives Strate^es Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Central High Halt High Parkview Magnet J.A. Fair McClellan B. Teachen of Tomorrow Academy - Tri-district program: 1. Opened at the beginning of the 1994-95 school year, the Teachen of Tomorrow Academy continues to offer students a unique head start on a career in teaching: Learning Training Internship programs Priori^ hiring in the three school districts in Pulaski County after college graduation and certification requirements have been met Exposure to various teaching situations and levels Opportunities to work with children Special scholarships Individualized attention to personal and academic needs 2. Currently, minority students comprise approximately 60% of the total Teachen of Tomorrow Academy. 08/22/94 07/01/94 06/02/95 06/02/95 HR Directors (Minority Recruitment) Number of contracts of intent signed. 5. To establish a joint committee to address district planning for support of students who wish to become teachers. 07/01/94 06/30/95 HR Directors (Minority Recruiter. PrirKipals) 5. (Committee minutes reflect a support mechaitism ensuring a shared vision* for minority future teachen.) 5.2 Create contracts of intent\" to hire future teachen upon degree and certification completion. 26, 7 07/01/94 06/30/95 HR Directors (Minority Recruiter, Principals) 5.2 (Number of contracts intent signed) Program Seq \u0026lt;: 26 Page: 8 Program Name: Teacher Recruitment Revision Date July 14. 1995 Program Code: 08 Primary Leader: Program Goal: (To organize recruitment artd retention Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: programs for the purpose of developing eipjity in die employee composition that reflects racial and ethnic diversity.) Robert Robinson Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 126 126 6. To establish a joint committee for planning recruitment strategies and procedures. U6 126 D6 Program Seq f: 26 A. Contracts of Intent have been developed for peak recruiting season - Spring 1995. B. Candidates for advanced contracts in progress 5.3 Provide internship opportunities for students of education. A. Internship executive summary has been designed and submitted to Deputy Superintendent and Human Resources Director. 6.1 Production of a set of recruitment procedures and timelines to be developed joindy to increase effectiveness and define recruitment. A. Joint recniiting schedules have been defmed. 6.2 Develop a cooperative agreement for recruitment of certified and non-certified staff with reservation of a number of slots so that employee categories will be desegregated. 6.3 Improve teacher working conditions to maintain teachers in the profession. 07/01/94 01/26/95 07/01/94 07/05/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/15/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 26, 1 05/10/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 07/05/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 05/11/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 HR Director (Minority Recruiter. Principals HR Directors, (Minority Recruiter) HR Directors (Minority Recruiter HR Directors (Minority Recruiter) (Minority Recruiter) HR Directors, Support Services and Principals Page: 5.3 (List of interns to be recruited for full-time employment). 6. (A support mechanism will be in place to ensure successful recruitment and retention programs for minorities.) 6.1 Completion of the document 6.2 Racial ratios in all staff commensurate with district and court approved guidelines. 6.3 Increase district staff retention. 1Revision Date: April 4, 1995 Program Name: Minority Teacher Recruitment Program Code: 08 Primary Leader: Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: Robert Robinson Program DescriptioD: Primaiy function is to recruit high quality professional and support personnel to meet the distriefs goals and objectives in a wide range of positions in school and the central ^ministration offices. To sup^rt linages between the school distri.ct a.nd .high.er .edu.cati.on i.nsti.tuti ons\nassume respons.i.b..i.l.i ty fro. r_ dJe l.e_g_a_t_edJ _p_ro_g_r_a_m__s_ _relia_te..dj t__o_ s__tt_f_f _r_e_c_r_u_it_m__e_n_t tao/v imeet cEcE/O*i aannd/i AAfrf\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_1458","title":"Report: ''Double Funding of the Incentive Schools,'' Office of Desegregation Monitoring, United States District Court, Little Rock, Ark.","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring (Little Rock, Ark.)"],"dc_date":["1995-08-16"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance","Educational statistics","School improvement programs","School integration","School management and organization"],"dcterms_title":["Report: ''Double Funding of the Incentive Schools,'' Office of Desegregation Monitoring, United States District Court, Little Rock, Ark."],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/1458"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":["107 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"pth_bcja_metapth611302","title":"Remarks by Professor Barbara Jordan: Chair, U.S. Commission on Immigration Reform to the National Conference of United We Stand, America","collection_id":"pth_bcja","collection_title":"Barbara C. Jordan Archives","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, District of Columbia, Washington, 38.89511, -77.03637","United States, Texas, Dallas County, Dallas, 32.78306, -96.80667"],"dcterms_creator":["Jordan, Barbara, 1936-1996"],"dc_date":["1995-08-12"],"dcterms_description":["Text for a speech given by Barbara C. Jordan, as Chair of the U.S. Commission on Immigration Reform, to the National Conference of United We Stand, America, in Dallas, Texas. The speech is about the work of her commission in the area of immigration."],"dc_format":["image/jpeg"],"dcterms_identifier":["local-cont-no: TSOU_0459-001-003"],"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":null,"dc_relation":["ark: ark:/67531/metapth611302"],"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["ark: ark:/67531/metapth611302"],"dcterms_subject":["African American women politicians--Texas","Speeches, addresses, etc.","Congresses and conventions--Texas--Dallas","U.S. Commission on Immigration Reform","United We Stand America (Organization). Conference (1995 : Dallas, Tex.)","Emigration and immigration--United States"],"dcterms_title":["Remarks by Professor Barbara Jordan: Chair, U.S. Commission on Immigration Reform to the National Conference of United We Stand, America","Texas Senate Papers"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Texas Southern University. Library"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://texashistory.unt.edu/ark:/67531/metapth611302"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["speeches (documents)"],"dcterms_extent":["11 p. ; 28 cm."],"dlg_subject_personal":["Jordan, Barbara, 1936-1996"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"abj_p15099coll2_14","title":"Laymon Ramsey interview","collection_id":"abj_p15099coll2","collection_title":"Oral Histories","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, Alabama, Jefferson County, Birmingham, 33.52066, -86.80249"],"dcterms_creator":["Ramsey, Laymon, 1917-","Cook, Ben"],"dc_date":["1995-08-11"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["audio/mpeg"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Birmingham, Ala. : Birmingham Public Library"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Birmingham Black Barons Oral History Collection"],"dcterms_subject":["Birmingham Black Barons (Baseball team)","Baseball--Alabama--Birmingham","Oral history","Negro leagues","African American baseball players","Harlem Globetrotters"],"dcterms_title":["Laymon Ramsey interview"],"dcterms_type":["Sound"],"dcterms_provenance":["Birmingham Public Library (Ala.)"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://cdm16044.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/p15099coll2/id/14"],"dcterms_temporal":["1991/2000"],"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["This material may be protected under Title 17 of the U. S. Copyright Law which governs the making of photocopies or reproductions of copyrighted materials. You may use the digitized material for private study, scholarship, or research."],"dcterms_medium":["audiocassettes","MP3"],"dcterms_extent":["30:35"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_1294","title":"Proceedings: ''Budget Hearing''","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-08-11"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","School districts--Arkansas--Pulaski County","Education--Arkansas","Education--Finance","Educational law and legislation","Court records"],"dcterms_title":["Proceedings: ''Budget Hearing''"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/1294"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["legal documents"],"dcterms_extent":["85 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"gzn_march_1584","title":"Oral History Interview with Cecil Brown Jr. and Loretta, August 9, 1995","collection_id":"gzn_march","collection_title":"March on Milwaukee: Civil Rights History Project","dcterms_contributor":["Dougherty, Jack"],"dcterms_spatial":["United States, Wisconsin, Milwaukee County, Milwaukee, St. Boniface Church, 43.06612, -87.92592","United States, Wisconsin, Milwaukee County, Milwaukee, St. Mathew Church"],"dcterms_creator":["Brown, Loretta","Brown, Cecil, Jr.","National Association for the Advancement of Colored People","Congress of Racial Equality","Milwaukee United School Integration Committee","Milwaukee Public Schools Board"],"dc_date":["1995-08-09"],"dcterms_description":["Interview with Loretta and Cecil Brown Jr. conducted by Jack Dougherty, August 9, 1995 (at the Finney Public Library, 4243 W. North Avenue, Milwaukee).","Cecil Brown Jr. founded Milwaukee's chapter of Congress of Racial Equality (CORE) in 1963 and also served as chairman of the chapter. He also served as Vice-Chairman of Milwaukee United School Integration Committee (MUSIC). Cecil and Loretta Brown discuss de facto segregation, the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People's local fight for the hiring of African American teachers in Milwaukee Public Schools, CORE, and the relationship between CORE and MUSIC."],"dc_format":["audio/mpeg"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":null,"dc_relation":["http://digital.library.wisc.edu/1711.dl/wiarchives.uw-mil-uwmmss0217"],"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["More Than One Struggle Oral History Project Records","Archives. University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee Libraries","March On Milwaukee - Civil Rights History Project;"],"dcterms_subject":["Oral history","Oral history--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Civil rights demonstrations--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Schools","Law","Protests (Negotiable instruments)","Segregation in education","Busing for school integration","Teachers","Segregation","Prejudices","Fans (Persons)","Civil rights workers","Civil rights"],"dcterms_title":["Oral History Interview with Cecil Brown Jr. and Loretta, August 9, 1995"],"dcterms_type":["Sound","Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Golda Meir Library. Special Collections"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["https://collections.lib.uwm.edu/digital/collection/march/id/1584"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["spoken word","oral histories (literary works)"],"dcterms_extent":["1 audio file","1 text file"],"dlg_subject_personal":["Barbee, Lloyd A., 1925-2002","Jackson, Jesse, 1941-"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"gzn_march_677","title":"Oral History Interview with Cecil Brown Jr. and Loretta, August 9, 1995, part I","collection_id":"gzn_march","collection_title":"March on Milwaukee: Civil Rights History Project","dcterms_contributor":["Brown, Cecil, Jr.","National Association for the Advancement of Colored People","Congress of Racial Equality","Dougherty, Jack"],"dcterms_spatial":["United States, Wisconsin, Milwaukee County, Milwaukee, 43.0389, -87.90647"],"dcterms_creator":["Brown, Loretta"],"dc_date":["1995-08-09"],"dcterms_description":["Interview with Loretta and Cecil Brown Jr. conducted by Jack Dougherty, August 9, 1995 (at the Finney Public Library, 4243 W. North Avenue, Milwaukee).","St. Boniface Church--Wisconsin--Milwaukee"],"dc_format":["audio/mpeg","application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":null,"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Oral History Interview with Cecil Brown Jr. and Loretta, August 9, 1995, More than one struggle oral history project records, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee Libraries, Archives Department"],"dcterms_subject":["Oral history--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Civil rights demonstrations--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Congress of Racial Equality","National Association for the Advancement of Colored People","National Urban League","Milwaukee United School Integration Committee","African American businesspeople--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Civil rights workers--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","African American civil rights workers--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Municipal officials and employees--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","City council members--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Segregation in education--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","De facto school segregation--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Census","Students, Transfer of--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Clubs--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Vital statistics--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Discrimination in education--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Discrimination in employment--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Remedial teaching--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","African Americans--Civil rights--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Civil rights--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","School integration--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Civil rights--Arkansas--Little Rock","School integration--Arkansas--Little Rock","Segregation in education--Arkansas--Little Rock","Dance--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Race discrimination--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","High school principals--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Obstruction of justice--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Classism--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Discrimination in insurance--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Teacher-student relationships--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Classroom environment--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Labor unions--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","School superintendents--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Racism in the press--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Equal time rule (Broadcasting)--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Schools--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Busing for school integration--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Teachers--Wisconsin--Milwaukee"],"dcterms_title":["Oral History Interview with Cecil Brown Jr. and Loretta, August 9, 1995, part I"],"dcterms_type":["Sound","Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Golda Meir Library. Special Collections"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["https://collections.lib.uwm.edu/digital/collection/march/id/1584"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":["The Board of Regents of the University of Wisconsin System"],"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["sound recordings","interviews","transcripts"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":["Brown, Cecil B., 1926-2006","Story, Harold W.","Vincent, Harold S., 1900-1968"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"gzn_march_678","title":"Oral History Interview with Cecil Brown Jr. and Loretta, August 9, 1995, part II","collection_id":"gzn_march","collection_title":"March on Milwaukee: Civil Rights History Project","dcterms_contributor":["Dougherty, Jack","Brown, Cecil, Jr.","National Association for the Advancement of Colored People","Congress of Racial Equality","Milwaukee United School Integration Committee"],"dcterms_spatial":["United States, Wisconsin, Milwaukee County, Milwaukee, 43.0389, -87.90647"],"dcterms_creator":["Brown, Loretta"],"dc_date":["1995-08-09"],"dcterms_description":["Interview with Loretta and Cecil Brown Jr. conducted by Jack Dougherty, August 9, 1995 (at the Finney Public Library, 4243 W. North Avenue, Milwaukee).","St. Mathew Church--Wisconsin--Milwaukee"],"dc_format":["application/pdf","audio/mpeg"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Oral History Interview with Cecil Brown Jr. and Loretta, August 9, 1995, More than one struggle oral history project records, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee Libraries, Archives Department"],"dc_relation":["More than One Struggle Oral History Project"],"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":null,"dcterms_subject":["Oral history--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","National Association for the Advancement of Colored People","National Urban League","Congress of Racial Equality","Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (U.S.)","Milwaukee United School Integration Committee","Brown, Oliver, 1918- --Trials, litigation, etc.","Topeka (Kan.). Board of Education--Trials, litigation, etc.","Milwaukee star","African American businesspeople--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Civil rights workers--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","African American civil rights workers--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Women civil rights workers--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Municipal officials and employees--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","City council members--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Discrimination in education--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Segregation in education--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","De facto school segregation--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Students, Transfer of--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Busing for school integration--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Meetings--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Schools--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Volunteers in education--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Boycotts--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Police chiefs--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Clergy--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","African American clergy--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Civil rights demonstrations--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Picketing--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Arrest--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","African Americans--Study and teaching--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Education--Curricula--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Lawyers--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","African American lawyers--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","African American teachers--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Discrimination in employment--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","School superintendents--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Interracial marriage--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","African Americans--Civil rights--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Civil rights--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","School integration--Wisconsin--Milwaukee","Race discrimination--Wisconsin--Milwaukee"],"dcterms_title":["Oral History Interview with Cecil Brown Jr. and Loretta, August 9, 1995, part II"],"dcterms_type":["Sound"],"dcterms_provenance":["Golda Meir Library. Special Collections"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["https://collections.lib.uwm.edu/digital/collection/march/id/1608"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":["The Board of Regents of the University of Wisconsin System"],"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["sound recordings","transcripts","interviews"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":["Gregory, Dick","Barbee, Lloyd A., 1925-2002","Brown, Cecil B., 1926-2006","Story, Harold W.","McLeod, Richard","Lins, Fred E., 1908-1967","Jackson, Gwen","Givens, John H.","Johnson, Arlene, 1934-1999","Gregg, B. S. (Bertram S.), 1909-","Beauchamp, Louis S., 1942-","Breier, Harold A., 1911-1998","Golightly, Cornelius L., 1917-1976","Morheuser, Marilyn, 1924-1995","Champion, Leo, 1929-1997","Vincent, Harold S., 1900-1968"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null}],"pages":{"current_page":476,"next_page":477,"prev_page":475,"total_pages":6766,"limit_value":12,"offset_value":5700,"total_count":81191,"first_page?":false,"last_page?":false},"facets":[{"name":"educator_resource_mediums_sms","items":[{"value":"lesson plans","hits":319},{"value":"teaching guides","hits":53},{"value":"timelines (chronologies)","hits":43},{"value":"online exhibitions","hits":38},{"value":"bibliographies","hits":15},{"value":"study guides","hits":11},{"value":"annotated bibliographies","hits":9},{"value":"learning modules","hits":6},{"value":"worksheets","hits":6},{"value":"slide shows","hits":4},{"value":"quizzes","hits":1}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":16,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"type_facet","items":[{"value":"Text","hits":40200},{"value":"StillImage","hits":35114},{"value":"MovingImage","hits":4552},{"value":"Sound","hits":3248},{"value":"Collection","hits":41},{"value":"InteractiveResource","hits":25}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":16,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"creator_facet","items":[{"value":"Peppler, Jim","hits":4965},{"value":"Phay, John E.","hits":4712},{"value":"University of Mississippi. Bureau of Educational Research","hits":4707},{"value":"Baldowski, Clifford H., 1917-1999","hits":2599},{"value":"Mississippi State Sovereignty Commission","hits":2255},{"value":"Thurmond, Strom, 1902-2003","hits":2077},{"value":"WSB-TV (Television station : Atlanta, Ga.)","hits":1475},{"value":"Newman, I. DeQuincey (Isaiah DeQuincey), 1911-1985","hits":1003},{"value":"The State Media Company (Columbia, S.C.)","hits":926},{"value":"Atlanta Journal-Constitution","hits":844},{"value":"Herrera, John J.","hits":778}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"subject_facet","items":[{"value":"African Americans--Civil rights","hits":9441},{"value":"Civil rights","hits":8347},{"value":"African Americans","hits":5895},{"value":"Mississippi--Race relations","hits":5750},{"value":"Race relations","hits":5607},{"value":"Education, Secondary","hits":5083},{"value":"Education, Elementary","hits":4729},{"value":"Segregation in education--Mississippi","hits":4727},{"value":"Education--Pictorial works","hits":4707},{"value":"Civil rights demonstrations","hits":4436},{"value":"Civil rights workers","hits":3530}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"subject_personal_facet","items":[{"value":"Smith, Lillian (Lillian Eugenia), 1897-1966--Correspondence","hits":1888},{"value":"King, Martin Luther, Jr., 1929-1968","hits":1809},{"value":"Meredith, James, 1933-","hits":1709},{"value":"Herrera, John J.","hits":1312},{"value":"Baker, Augusta, 1911-1998","hits":1282},{"value":"Parks, Rosa, 1913-2005","hits":1071},{"value":"Jordan, Barbara, 1936-1996","hits":858},{"value":"Young, Andrew, 1932-","hits":814},{"value":"Smith, Lillian (Lillian Eugenia), 1897-1966","hits":719},{"value":"Mizell, M. Hayes","hits":674},{"value":"Silver, James W. (James Wesley), 1907-1988","hits":626}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"name_authoritative_sms","items":[{"value":"Smith, Lillian (Lillian Eugenia), 1897-1966","hits":2598},{"value":"King, Martin Luther, Jr., 1929-1968","hits":1909},{"value":"Meredith, James, 1933-","hits":1704},{"value":"Herrera, John J.","hits":1331},{"value":"Parks, Rosa, 1913-2005","hits":1070},{"value":"Jordan, Barbara, 1936-1996","hits":856},{"value":"Young, Andrew, 1932-","hits":806},{"value":"Silver, James W. (James Wesley), 1907-1988","hits":625},{"value":"Connor, Eugene, 1897-1973","hits":605},{"value":"Snelling, Paula","hits":580},{"value":"Williams, Hosea, 1926-2000","hits":431}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"event_title_sms","items":[{"value":"Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Nobel Prize","hits":1763},{"value":"Ole Miss Integration","hits":1670},{"value":"Housing Act of 1961","hits":965},{"value":"Little Rock Central High School Integration","hits":704},{"value":"Memphis Sanitation Workers Strike","hits":366},{"value":"Selma-Montgomery March","hits":337},{"value":"Freedom Summer","hits":306},{"value":"Freedom Rides","hits":214},{"value":"Poor People's Campaign","hits":180},{"value":"University of Georgia Integration","hits":173},{"value":"University of Alabama Integration","hits":140}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"location_facet","items":[{"value":"United States, 39.76, -98.5","hits":17820},{"value":"United States, Georgia, Fulton County, Atlanta, 33.749, -84.38798","hits":5428},{"value":"United States, Alabama, Montgomery County, Montgomery, 32.36681, -86.29997","hits":5151},{"value":"United States, Georgia, 32.75042, -83.50018","hits":4862},{"value":"United States, South Carolina, 34.00043, -81.00009","hits":4610},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","hits":4177},{"value":"United States, Alabama, 32.75041, -86.75026","hits":3943},{"value":"United States, Mississippi, 32.75041, -89.75036","hits":2910},{"value":"United States, Tennessee, Shelby County, Memphis, 35.14953, -90.04898","hits":2579},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","hits":2430},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959","hits":2387}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"us_states_facet","items":[{"value":"Georgia","hits":12843},{"value":"Alabama","hits":11307},{"value":"Mississippi","hits":10219},{"value":"South Carolina","hits":8503},{"value":"Arkansas","hits":4583},{"value":"Texas","hits":4399},{"value":"Tennessee","hits":3770},{"value":"Florida","hits":2601},{"value":"Ohio","hits":2391},{"value":"North Carolina","hits":1893},{"value":"New York","hits":1667}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"year_facet","items":[{"value":"1966","hits":10514},{"value":"1963","hits":10193},{"value":"1965","hits":10119},{"value":"1956","hits":9832},{"value":"1955","hits":9611},{"value":"1964","hits":9268},{"value":"1968","hits":9243},{"value":"1962","hits":9152},{"value":"1967","hits":8771},{"value":"1957","hits":8460},{"value":"1958","hits":8242},{"value":"1961","hits":8241},{"value":"1959","hits":8046},{"value":"1960","hits":7940},{"value":"1954","hits":7239},{"value":"1969","hits":7235},{"value":"1950","hits":7117},{"value":"1953","hits":6968},{"value":"1970","hits":6743},{"value":"1971","hits":6337},{"value":"1977","hits":6280},{"value":"1952","hits":6161},{"value":"1972","hits":6144},{"value":"1951","hits":6045},{"value":"1975","hits":5806},{"value":"1976","hits":5771},{"value":"1974","hits":5729},{"value":"1973","hits":5591},{"value":"1979","hits":5329},{"value":"1978","hits":5318},{"value":"1980","hits":5279},{"value":"1995","hits":4829},{"value":"1981","hits":4724},{"value":"1994","hits":4654},{"value":"1948","hits":4596},{"value":"1949","hits":4571},{"value":"1996","hits":4486},{"value":"1982","hits":4330},{"value":"1947","hits":4316},{"value":"1985","hits":4226},{"value":"1998","hits":4225},{"value":"1997","hits":4202},{"value":"1983","hits":4174},{"value":"1984","hits":4065},{"value":"1946","hits":4046},{"value":"1999","hits":4018},{"value":"1945","hits":4017},{"value":"1990","hits":3937},{"value":"1986","hits":3919},{"value":"1943","hits":3899},{"value":"1944","hits":3895},{"value":"1942","hits":3867},{"value":"2000","hits":3808},{"value":"2001","hits":3790},{"value":"1940","hits":3764},{"value":"1941","hits":3757},{"value":"1987","hits":3657},{"value":"2002","hits":3538},{"value":"1991","hits":3507},{"value":"1936","hits":3506},{"value":"1939","hits":3500},{"value":"1938","hits":3465},{"value":"1937","hits":3449},{"value":"1992","hits":3444},{"value":"1993","hits":3422},{"value":"2003","hits":3403},{"value":"1930","hits":3377},{"value":"1989","hits":3355},{"value":"1935","hits":3306},{"value":"1933","hits":3270},{"value":"1934","hits":3270},{"value":"1988","hits":3269},{"value":"1932","hits":3254},{"value":"1931","hits":3239},{"value":"2005","hits":3057},{"value":"2004","hits":2909},{"value":"1929","hits":2789},{"value":"2006","hits":2774},{"value":"1928","hits":2271},{"value":"1921","hits":2123},{"value":"1925","hits":2039},{"value":"1927","hits":2025},{"value":"1924","hits":2011},{"value":"1926","hits":2009},{"value":"1920","hits":1975},{"value":"1923","hits":1954},{"value":"1922","hits":1928},{"value":"2016","hits":1925},{"value":"2007","hits":1629},{"value":"2008","hits":1578},{"value":"2011","hits":1575},{"value":"2019","hits":1537},{"value":"1919","hits":1532},{"value":"2009","hits":1532},{"value":"1918","hits":1530},{"value":"2015","hits":1527},{"value":"2013","hits":1518},{"value":"2010","hits":1515},{"value":"2014","hits":1481},{"value":"2012","hits":1467}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null},"min":"0193","max":"2035","count":500952,"missing":56},{"name":"medium_facet","items":[{"value":"photographs","hits":10708},{"value":"correspondence","hits":9437},{"value":"black-and-white photographs","hits":7678},{"value":"negatives (photographs)","hits":7513},{"value":"documents (object genre)","hits":4462},{"value":"letters (correspondence)","hits":3623},{"value":"oral histories (literary works)","hits":3607},{"value":"black-and-white negatives","hits":2740},{"value":"editorial cartoons","hits":2620},{"value":"newspapers","hits":1955},{"value":"manuscripts (documents)","hits":1692}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"rights_facet","items":[{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/","hits":41178},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/","hits":17554},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/UND/1.0/","hits":8828},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/CNE/1.0/","hits":6864},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/","hits":2186},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-NC/1.0/","hits":1778},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-CR/1.0/","hits":1115},{"value":"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/","hits":197},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NKC/1.0/","hits":60},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-RUU/1.0/","hits":51},{"value":"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/","hits":27}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"collection_titles_sms","items":[{"value":"Jim Peppler Southern Courier Photograph Collection","hits":4956},{"value":"John E. Phay Collection ","hits":4706},{"value":"John J. Herrera Papers","hits":3288},{"value":"Baldy Editorial Cartoons, 1946-1982, 1997: Clifford H. Baldowski Editorial Cartoons at the Richard B. Russell Library.","hits":2607},{"value":"Sovereignty Commission Online","hits":2335},{"value":"Strom Thurmond Collection, Mss 100","hits":2068},{"value":"Alabama Media Group Collection","hits":2067},{"value":"Black Trailblazers, Leaders, Activists, and Intellectuals in Cleveland","hits":2033},{"value":"Rosa Parks Papers","hits":1948},{"value":"Isaiah DeQuincey Newman, (1911-1985), Papers, 1929-2003","hits":1904},{"value":"Lillian Eugenia Smith Papers (circa 1920-1980)","hits":1887}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"provenance_facet","items":[{"value":"John Davis Williams Library. Department of Archives and Special Collections","hits":8885},{"value":"Alabama. Department of Archives and History","hits":8146},{"value":"Atlanta University Center Robert W. Woodruff Library","hits":4102},{"value":"South Caroliniana Library","hits":4024},{"value":"University of North Texas. Libraries","hits":3854},{"value":"Hargrett Library","hits":3292},{"value":"University of South Carolina. Libraries","hits":3212},{"value":"Richard B. Russell Library for Political Research and Studies","hits":2874},{"value":"Mississippi. Department of Archives and History","hits":2825},{"value":"Butler Center for Arkansas Studies","hits":2633},{"value":"Rhodes College","hits":2264}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"class_name","items":[{"value":"Item","hits":80736},{"value":"Collection","hits":455}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"educator_resource_b","items":[{"value":"false","hits":80994},{"value":"true","hits":197}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null}}]}}